Checked anti.texi, errors.texi, and maps.texi.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob8e4b02c9fc19fb4c3f5c05e2e8f7719d98820e4d
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18787 48933))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37 \(fn)" t nil)
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42 \(fn)" t nil)
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47 \(fn)" t nil)
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
53 \(fn)" t nil)
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65 ;;;***
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
76 ;;;***
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (18791 16530))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
94 \(fn)" t nil)
96 ;;;***
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
99 ;;;;;; (18794 5654))
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
105 \(fn)" t nil)
107 ;;;***
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
110 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
119 ;;;***
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18789
125 ;;;;;; 14212))
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
128 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
155 \(fn)" nil nil)
157 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
195 the same person.
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
199 notices.
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
222 \(fn)" t nil)
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
247 \(fn)" nil nil)
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
253 or a buffer.
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
260 ;;;***
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18787 48921))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
268 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
281 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
303 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
304 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
305 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
306 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
307 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
308 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
309 will be overwritten with the new one.
310 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
311 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
312 will clear the cache.
314 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
316 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
317 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
318 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
319 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
320 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
321 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
322 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
323 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
324 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
325 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
326 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
327 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
328 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
329 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
330 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
331 definition will always be cached for later usage.
333 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
335 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
341 BODY...)
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
382 during preloading.
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
386 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
387 BODY...)
389 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
391 ;;;***
393 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
394 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
395 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18892 6535))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
398 (autoload 'align "align" "\
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
415 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
417 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
420 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
421 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
422 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
423 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
424 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
425 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
426 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
427 options.
429 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
430 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
432 Fred (123) 456-7890
433 Alice (123) 456-7890
434 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
435 Joe (123) 456-7890
437 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
438 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
439 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
441 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
443 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
444 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
445 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
446 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
447 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
448 align that section.
450 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
452 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
453 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
454 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
455 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
456 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
457 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
458 been used to align that section.
460 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
462 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
463 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
464 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
465 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
466 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
467 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
468 to be colored.
470 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
472 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
473 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
475 \(fn)" t nil)
477 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
478 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
480 \(fn)" t nil)
482 ;;;***
484 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
485 ;;;;;; (18791 16506))
486 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
488 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
490 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
492 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
494 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
496 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
498 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
500 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
502 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
504 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
506 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
508 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
510 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
512 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
514 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
516 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
518 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
520 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
521 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
522 \\<allout-mode-map>
524 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
525 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
526 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
528 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
529 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
530 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
531 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
532 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
533 outline.)
535 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
537 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
538 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
539 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
540 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
541 - easy topic encryption and decryption
542 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
543 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
544 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
546 and many other features.
548 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
549 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
550 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
551 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
552 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
554 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
555 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
556 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
557 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
558 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
559 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
560 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
561 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
563 Exposure Control:
564 ----------------
565 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
566 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
567 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
568 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
569 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
571 Navigation:
572 ----------
573 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
574 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
575 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
576 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
577 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
578 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
579 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
580 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
581 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
582 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
585 Topic Header Production:
586 -----------------------
587 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
588 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
589 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
591 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
592 ---------------------------------
593 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
594 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
595 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
596 current topic
597 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
598 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
599 are alternated according to nesting depth.
600 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
601 the offspring are not affected.
602 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
604 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
605 ----------------------------------
606 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
607 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
608 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
609 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
610 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
611 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
612 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
613 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
615 Topic-oriented Encryption:
616 -------------------------
617 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
618 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
620 Misc commands:
621 -------------
622 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
623 and establish a default file-var setting
624 for `allout-layout'.
625 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
626 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
627 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
628 buffer with name derived from derived from that
629 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
630 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
631 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
632 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
633 format.
634 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
635 auto-activation.
637 Topic Encryption
639 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
640 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
641 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
642 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
644 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
645 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
646 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
647 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
649 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
650 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
651 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
652 pitfalls.
654 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
655 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
656 for details.
658 HOT-SPOT Operation
660 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
661 navigation and exposure control.
663 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
664 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
665 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
666 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
667 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
669 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
670 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
671 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
672 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
673 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
675 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
676 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
677 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
678 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
679 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
680 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
681 at the beginning of the current entry.
683 Extending Allout
685 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
686 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
687 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
689 `allout-mode-hook'
690 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
691 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
692 `allout-structure-added-hook'
693 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
694 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
696 Terminology
698 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
700 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
701 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
702 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
703 CURRENT ITEM:
704 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
705 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
706 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
707 called the:
708 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
710 ANCESTORS:
711 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
712 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
713 of the ITEM.
714 OFFSPRING:
715 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
716 SUBTOPIC:
717 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
718 CHILD:
719 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
720 SIBLINGS:
721 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
723 Topic text constituents:
725 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
726 text.
727 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
728 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
729 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
730 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
731 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
732 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
733 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
734 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
735 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
736 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
737 the PREFIX.
739 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
740 of the ITEM.
741 PREFIX-LEAD:
742 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
743 It can be customized by changing the setting of
744 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
746 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
747 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
748 program code without interfering with processing of the text
749 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
750 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
751 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
752 docstring for more detail.
753 PREFIX-PADDING:
754 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
755 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
756 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
757 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
758 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
759 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
760 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
761 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
762 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
763 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
764 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
765 more details.
766 EXPOSURE:
767 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
768 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
769 CONCEALED:
770 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
771 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
773 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
774 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
775 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
777 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
779 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
781 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
782 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
784 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
785 setup for auto-startup.
787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
789 ;;;***
791 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
792 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18905 22709))
793 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
795 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
797 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
798 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
799 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
800 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
801 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
802 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
804 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
806 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
807 Not documented
809 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
811 ;;;***
813 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
814 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18787 48933))
815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
817 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
818 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
819 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
820 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
821 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
822 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
823 in the current window.
825 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
827 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
828 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
829 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
831 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
833 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
834 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
835 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
837 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
839 ;;;***
841 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
842 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18934 32602))
843 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
845 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
846 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
848 \(fn)" t nil)
850 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
851 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
853 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
854 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
855 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
856 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
858 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
859 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
861 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
863 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
865 ;;;***
867 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
868 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18791 16530))
869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
871 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
872 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
873 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
874 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
875 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
876 \\[yank].
878 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
879 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
880 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
881 the rules.
883 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
884 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
885 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
886 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
888 \(fn)" t nil)
890 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
891 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
892 \\{antlr-mode-map}
894 \(fn)" t nil)
896 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
897 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
898 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
900 \(fn)" nil nil)
902 ;;;***
904 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
905 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18787 48920))
906 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
908 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
909 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
910 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
912 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
915 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
917 \(fn)" t nil)
919 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
920 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
921 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
922 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
923 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
924 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
925 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
927 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
929 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
930 appointment package (if it is not already active).
932 \(fn)" nil nil)
934 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
935 Toggle checking of appointments.
936 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
937 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
941 ;;;***
943 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
944 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
945 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (18848 908))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
948 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
949 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
950 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
951 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
953 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
954 kind of objects to search.
956 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
958 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
959 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
960 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
961 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
962 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
963 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
965 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
966 normal variables.
968 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
970 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
972 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
973 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
974 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
975 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
976 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
977 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
979 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
980 noninteractive functions.
982 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
983 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
985 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
986 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
988 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
990 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
991 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
993 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
995 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
996 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
997 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
998 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1000 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1001 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1002 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1003 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1005 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1006 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1008 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1010 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1012 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1013 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1014 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1015 thus be found in `load-history'.
1017 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1019 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1020 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1021 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1022 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1023 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1024 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1026 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1027 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1028 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1030 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1032 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1033 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1034 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1035 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1036 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1037 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1039 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1040 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1041 bindings.
1042 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1044 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1046 ;;;***
1048 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18892
1049 ;;;;;; 6536))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1052 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1053 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1054 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1055 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1056 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1057 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1059 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1060 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1061 archive.
1063 \\{archive-mode-map}
1065 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1067 ;;;***
1069 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18794 5653))
1070 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1072 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1073 Major mode for editing arrays.
1075 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1076 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1077 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1079 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1081 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1082 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1083 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1085 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1086 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1087 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1088 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1089 The variables are:
1091 Variables you assign:
1092 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1093 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1094 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1095 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1096 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1097 row numbers in the buffer.
1099 Variables which are calculated:
1100 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1101 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1103 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1104 take a numeric prefix argument):
1106 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1107 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1108 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1109 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1111 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1112 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1113 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1114 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1116 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1117 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1118 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1119 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1121 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1122 between that of point and mark.
1124 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1125 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1127 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1128 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1129 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1130 newlines inside rows)
1132 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1134 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1136 \(fn)" t nil)
1138 ;;;***
1140 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18829
1141 ;;;;;; 65374))
1142 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1144 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1145 Toggle Artist mode.
1146 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1147 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1148 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1150 How to quit Artist mode
1152 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1155 How to submit a bug report
1157 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1160 Drawing with the mouse:
1162 mouse-2
1163 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1164 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1165 below).
1167 mouse-1
1168 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1169 or pastes:
1171 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1172 --------------------------------------------------------------
1173 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1174 to new point
1175 --------------------------------------------------------------
1176 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1177 --------------------------------------------------------------
1178 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1179 --------------------------------------------------------------
1180 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1181 --------------------------------------------------------------
1182 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1183 --------------------------------------------------------------
1184 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1185 --------------------------------------------------------------
1186 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1189 --------------------------------------------------------------
1190 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1191 lines
1192 --------------------------------------------------------------
1193 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1194 --------------------------------------------------------------
1195 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1196 --------------------------------------------------------------
1197 Paste Paste Paste
1198 --------------------------------------------------------------
1199 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1200 --------------------------------------------------------------
1202 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1203 or diagonally.
1205 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1206 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1207 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1208 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1209 poly-lines.
1211 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1212 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1213 overwrite means the opposite.
1215 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1216 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1217 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1219 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1221 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1222 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1224 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1225 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1226 are currently drawing something.
1228 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1229 some time to fill.
1232 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1233 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1236 Settings
1238 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1240 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1242 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1244 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1246 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1247 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1249 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1252 Drawing with keys
1254 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1255 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1256 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1257 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1258 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1259 When pasting: Pastes
1261 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1263 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1265 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1266 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1267 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1268 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1269 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1270 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1273 Arrows
1275 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1276 of the line/poly-line
1278 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1279 of the line/poly-line
1282 Selecting operation
1284 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1286 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1287 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1288 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1289 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1290 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1291 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1292 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1293 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1294 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1295 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1296 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1297 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1298 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1299 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1300 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1301 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1302 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1303 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1304 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1305 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1308 Variables
1310 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1311 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1313 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1314 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1315 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1316 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1317 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1318 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1319 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1320 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1321 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1322 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1323 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1324 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1325 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1326 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1327 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1328 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1329 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1330 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1331 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1333 Hooks
1335 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1336 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1339 Keymap summary
1341 \\{artist-mode-map}
1343 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1345 ;;;***
1347 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18787
1348 ;;;;;; 48933))
1349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1351 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1352 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1353 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1355 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1356 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1357 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1358 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1360 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1361 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1363 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1364 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1366 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1368 Special commands:
1369 \\{asm-mode-map}
1371 \(fn)" t nil)
1373 ;;;***
1375 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1376 ;;;;;; (18791 16506))
1377 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1379 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1380 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1381 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1383 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1385 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1386 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1387 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1388 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1389 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1390 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1391 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1392 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1393 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1394 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1396 For example:
1397 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1398 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1399 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1400 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1401 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1403 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1407 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1408 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1409 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1410 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1411 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1412 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1414 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1416 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1417 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1418 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1419 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1420 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1421 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1423 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1427 ;;;***
1429 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1430 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
1431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1433 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1434 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1436 \(fn)" t nil)
1438 ;;;***
1440 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1441 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18787 48911))
1442 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1444 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1445 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1446 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1448 \(fn)" t nil)
1450 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1451 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1452 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1453 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1455 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1457 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1458 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1459 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1462 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1464 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1466 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1467 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1468 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1469 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1471 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1472 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1476 ;;;***
1478 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1479 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1480 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1483 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1485 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1486 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1487 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1488 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1489 save the buffer too.
1491 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1493 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1495 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1496 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1497 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1498 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1499 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1500 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1502 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1503 directory or directories specified.
1505 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1507 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1508 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1509 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1511 \(fn)" nil nil)
1513 ;;;***
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1516 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1517 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18787 48911))
1518 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1520 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1521 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1523 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1524 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1525 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1526 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1527 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1532 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1534 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1535 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1537 \(fn)" nil nil)
1539 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1540 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1541 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1543 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1544 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1545 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1546 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1547 reflected in the current buffer.
1549 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1550 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1551 writing before you save the file!
1553 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1557 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1558 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1560 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1561 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1563 \(fn)" nil nil)
1565 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1566 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1567 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1568 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1569 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1570 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1572 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1574 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1575 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1577 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1578 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1579 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1583 ;;;***
1585 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1586 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18787 48911))
1587 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1589 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1590 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1591 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1593 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1595 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1597 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1598 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1599 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1600 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1602 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1603 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1604 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1606 Effects of the different modes:
1607 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1608 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1609 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1610 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1611 a random distance & direction.
1612 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1613 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1614 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1616 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1618 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1619 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1620 definition of \"random distance\".)
1622 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1624 ;;;***
1626 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1627 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
1628 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1629 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1631 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1632 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1633 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1634 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1636 \(fn)" t nil)
1638 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1639 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1640 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1641 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1642 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1643 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1645 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1647 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1648 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1649 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1650 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1651 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1652 seconds.
1654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1656 ;;;***
1658 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1659 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18879 46549))
1660 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1662 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1663 Time execution of FORMS.
1664 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1665 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1666 FORMS once.
1667 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1668 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1669 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1671 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1673 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1674 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1675 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1676 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1677 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1679 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1681 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1682 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1683 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1684 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1685 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1687 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1689 ;;;***
1691 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1692 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18906 38046))
1693 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1695 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1696 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1697 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1698 of corresponding buffers.
1699 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1700 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1701 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1702 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1703 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1704 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1706 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1708 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1709 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1711 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1713 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1714 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1715 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1716 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1718 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1719 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1720 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1721 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1722 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1724 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1725 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1728 Special information:
1730 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1732 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1733 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1734 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1735 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1736 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1737 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1738 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1739 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1740 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1741 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1742 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1744 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1745 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1746 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1747 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1748 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1749 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1750 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1751 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1753 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1755 ----------------------------------------------------------
1756 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1757 if that value is non-nil.
1759 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1761 \(fn)" t nil)
1763 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1764 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1765 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1766 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1767 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1768 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1769 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1770 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1771 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1772 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1774 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1776 ;;;***
1778 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1779 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
1780 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1781 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1783 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1784 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1786 \(fn)" t nil)
1788 ;;;***
1790 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1791 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1792 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
1793 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1795 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1797 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1798 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1799 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1801 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1803 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1804 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1806 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1808 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1809 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1811 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1813 ;;;***
1815 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18787
1816 ;;;;;; 48933))
1817 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1819 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1820 Play blackbox.
1821 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1823 What is blackbox?
1825 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1826 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1827 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1828 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1829 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1830 your score.
1832 Overview of play:
1834 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1835 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1836 four.
1838 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1839 movement keys.
1841 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1842 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1844 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1845 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1847 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1848 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1849 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1850 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1851 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1852 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1854 Details:
1856 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1858 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1859 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1860 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1861 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1863 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1864 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1865 denoted by the letter `R'.
1867 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1868 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1869 denoted by the letter `H'.
1871 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1872 example.
1874 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1875 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1876 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1877 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1878 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1879 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1880 ray.
1882 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1883 degree deflection it causes.
1886 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1887 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1888 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1889 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1890 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1891 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1892 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1893 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1896 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1897 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1900 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1901 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1902 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1903 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1904 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1905 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1906 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1907 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1909 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1910 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1911 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1912 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1913 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1914 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1915 emerging from the box.
1917 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1920 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1921 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1922 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1923 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1924 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1925 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1926 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1928 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1929 a reflection.
1931 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1933 ;;;***
1935 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1936 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1937 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
1938 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18787
1939 ;;;;;; 48911))
1940 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1941 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1942 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1943 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1945 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1946 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1947 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1948 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1949 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1950 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1951 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1953 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1954 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1955 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1956 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1957 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1958 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1959 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1960 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1961 recent one.
1963 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1964 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1965 yank successive words.
1967 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1968 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1969 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1970 name of the file being visited.
1972 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1973 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1974 the list of bookmarks.)
1976 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1978 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
1979 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1980 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1981 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1982 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1983 this.
1985 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1986 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1987 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1988 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1990 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1992 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
1993 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
1994 See `bookmark-jump'.
1996 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1998 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
1999 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2000 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2001 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2002 after a bookmark was set in it.
2004 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2006 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2007 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2008 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2009 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2011 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2013 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2015 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2016 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2017 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2018 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2020 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2021 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2022 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2024 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2025 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2026 name.
2028 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2030 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2031 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2032 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2033 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2034 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2035 this.
2037 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2039 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2040 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2041 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2042 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2043 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2044 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2045 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2046 probably because we were called from there.
2048 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2050 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2051 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2052 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2054 \(fn)" t nil)
2056 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2057 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2058 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2059 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2060 \(second argument).
2062 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2063 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2064 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2065 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2066 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2068 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2069 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2070 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2071 `bookmark-default-file'.
2073 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2075 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2076 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2077 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2078 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2079 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2080 while loading.
2082 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2083 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2084 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2085 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2086 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2087 explicitly.
2089 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2090 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2091 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2092 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2094 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2096 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2097 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2098 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2099 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2100 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2102 \(fn)" t nil)
2104 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2106 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2108 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2110 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2112 ;;;***
2114 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2115 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2116 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2117 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2118 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2119 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2120 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2121 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2122 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2123 ;;;;;; (18918 44797))
2124 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2126 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2127 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2128 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2129 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2131 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2132 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2133 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2134 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2135 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2137 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2139 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2140 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2142 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2144 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2145 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2147 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2149 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2150 Not documented
2152 \(fn)" nil nil)
2154 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2155 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2156 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2157 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2158 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2159 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2161 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2163 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2164 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2165 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2166 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2167 narrowed.
2169 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2171 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2172 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2174 \(fn)" t nil)
2176 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2177 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2179 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2181 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2182 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2183 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2184 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2186 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2188 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2189 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2190 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2191 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2195 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2196 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2197 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2198 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2199 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2200 to use.
2202 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2204 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2205 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2206 Default to the URL around or before point.
2208 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2209 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2210 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2211 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2213 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2214 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2216 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2217 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2219 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2221 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2222 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2223 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2224 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2226 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2227 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2228 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2229 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2231 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2232 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2233 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2235 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2236 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2238 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2240 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2241 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2242 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2243 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2245 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2246 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2247 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2248 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2250 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2251 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2252 new tab in an existing window instead.
2254 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2255 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2257 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2259 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2260 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2261 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2262 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2263 Firefox.
2265 When called interactively, if variable
2266 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2267 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2268 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2269 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2271 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2272 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2273 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2275 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2276 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2278 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2279 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2280 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2281 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2282 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2283 URL in a new window.
2285 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2287 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2288 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2289 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2290 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2292 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2293 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2294 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2295 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2297 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2298 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2299 new tab in an existing window instead.
2301 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2302 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2304 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2306 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2307 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2309 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2311 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2314 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2316 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2317 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2318 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2319 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2321 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2322 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2324 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2326 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2327 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2329 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2330 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2331 program is invoked according to the variable
2332 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2334 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2335 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2336 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2337 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2339 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2340 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2342 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2345 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2346 Default to the URL around or before point.
2348 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2349 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2350 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2352 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2353 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2354 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2355 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2357 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2358 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2360 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2362 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2363 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2364 Default to the URL around or before point.
2366 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2367 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2368 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2370 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2371 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2377 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2378 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2380 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2382 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2383 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2384 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2385 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2386 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2387 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2389 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2391 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2392 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2393 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2394 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2395 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2397 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2398 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2399 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2400 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2407 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2408 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2409 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2410 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2411 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2412 current one.
2414 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2415 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2416 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2417 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2419 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2420 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2426 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2427 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2428 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2429 don't offer a form of remote control.
2431 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2434 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2435 Default to the URL around or before point.
2437 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2439 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2440 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2441 Default to the URL around the point.
2443 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2444 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2446 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2447 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2449 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2451 ;;;***
2453 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18787
2454 ;;;;;; 48933))
2455 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2457 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2458 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2460 \(fn)" t nil)
2462 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2463 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2465 \(fn)" nil nil)
2467 ;;;***
2469 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2470 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18853 58440))
2471 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2473 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2474 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2475 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2476 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2478 \(fn)" t nil)
2480 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2481 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2482 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2483 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2485 \(fn)" t nil)
2487 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2488 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2490 \(fn)" t nil)
2492 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2493 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2494 \\<bs-mode-map>
2495 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2496 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2497 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2498 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2500 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2501 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2502 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2503 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2504 name of buffer configuration.
2506 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2508 ;;;***
2510 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18890 28165))
2511 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2513 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2514 Play Bubbles game.
2515 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2516 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2517 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2518 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2519 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2520 columns on its right towards the left.
2522 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2523 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2524 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2525 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2527 \(fn)" t nil)
2529 ;;;***
2531 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2532 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (18797 25728))
2533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2535 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2537 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2538 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2542 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2543 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2547 ;;;***
2549 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2550 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2551 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2552 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2553 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2554 ;;;;;; (18825 40643))
2555 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2556 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2557 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2558 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2559 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2561 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2562 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2564 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2566 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2567 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2568 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2569 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2570 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2571 else the global value will be modified.
2573 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2575 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2576 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2577 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2578 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2579 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2580 else the global value will be modified.
2582 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2584 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2585 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2586 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2588 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2590 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2591 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2592 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2593 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2595 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2596 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2597 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2598 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2599 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2600 before scanning it.
2602 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2603 that already has a `.elc' file.
2605 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2606 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2608 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2609 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2610 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2611 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2612 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2613 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2615 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2617 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2618 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2619 Print the result in the echo area.
2620 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2624 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2625 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2626 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2628 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2630 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2631 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2632 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2633 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2634 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2635 all functions called by those functions.
2637 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2638 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2639 cons, etc.).
2641 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2642 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2643 invoked interactively.
2645 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2647 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2648 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2649 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2650 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2652 \(fn)" nil nil)
2654 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2655 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2656 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2657 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2658 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2659 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2660 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2661 already up-to-date.
2663 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2665 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2666 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2667 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2668 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2670 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2671 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2672 and corresponding effects.
2674 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2676 ;;;***
2678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (18787
2679 ;;;;;; 48920))
2680 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2682 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2684 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2686 ;;;***
2688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18787 48920))
2689 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2691 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2693 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2695 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2697 ;;;***
2699 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2700 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2703 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2704 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2705 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2706 from the cursor position.
2708 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2710 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2712 ;;;***
2714 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2715 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2716 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2717 ;;;;;; (18934 26356))
2718 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2720 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2721 File in which to record permanent settings.")
2723 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2724 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2726 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2727 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2731 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2732 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2734 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2736 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2737 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2739 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2741 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2742 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2744 \(fn)" t nil)
2746 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2747 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2748 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2749 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2751 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2753 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2754 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2755 This is most useful in the X window system.
2756 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2757 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2759 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2761 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2762 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2763 See calc-keypad for details.
2765 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2767 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2768 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2770 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2772 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2773 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2775 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2777 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2778 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2780 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2782 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2783 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2784 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2786 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2788 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2789 Define Calc function.
2791 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2792 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2793 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2795 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2796 actual Lisp function name.
2798 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2800 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2802 ;;;***
2804 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18787
2805 ;;;;;; 48911))
2806 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2808 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2809 Run the Emacs calculator.
2810 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2812 \(fn)" t nil)
2814 ;;;***
2816 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (18862
2817 ;;;;;; 237))
2818 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2820 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2821 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2822 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2823 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2824 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2825 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2827 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2828 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2829 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2830 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2831 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2832 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2833 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2834 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2835 window.
2837 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2838 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2840 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2841 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2842 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2843 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2844 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2845 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2847 Runs the following hooks:
2849 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2850 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2851 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2852 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2854 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2858 ;;;***
2860 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2861 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18787 48925))
2862 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2864 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2865 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2867 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2869 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2870 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2871 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2872 it fails.
2874 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2876 ;;;***
2878 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2879 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
2880 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2882 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2883 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2885 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2886 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2887 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2888 restriction to ASCII.
2890 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2892 capitalizedWorDD
2893 ^ ^ ^^
2895 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2896 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2897 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2899 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2900 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2901 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2902 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2903 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2904 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2905 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2907 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2908 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2912 ;;;***
2914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18787
2915 ;;;;;; 48934))
2916 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2917 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2919 ;;;***
2921 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2922 ;;;;;; (18848 16181))
2923 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2925 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2926 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2928 \(fn)" nil nil)
2930 ;;;***
2932 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2933 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2934 ;;;;;; (18819 46976))
2935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2937 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2938 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2939 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2940 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2941 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2942 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2943 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2945 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2947 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2948 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2949 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2950 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2951 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2952 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2953 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2954 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2955 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
2956 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
2958 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
2959 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2960 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2961 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2962 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2963 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
2965 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2967 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2968 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
2970 Key bindings:
2971 \\{c-mode-map}
2973 \(fn)" t nil)
2975 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2976 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2978 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
2979 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2980 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2981 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2982 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2983 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2984 message.
2986 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2988 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2989 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
2991 Key bindings:
2992 \\{c++-mode-map}
2994 \(fn)" t nil)
2996 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2997 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2998 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3000 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3001 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3002 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3003 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3004 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3005 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3006 message.
3008 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3010 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3011 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3013 Key bindings:
3014 \\{objc-mode-map}
3016 \(fn)" t nil)
3018 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3019 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3020 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3022 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3023 Major mode for editing Java code.
3024 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3025 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3026 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3027 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3028 message.
3030 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3032 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3033 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3035 Key bindings:
3036 \\{java-mode-map}
3038 \(fn)" t nil)
3040 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3041 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3042 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3044 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3045 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3046 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3047 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3048 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3049 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3050 message.
3052 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3054 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3055 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3057 Key bindings:
3058 \\{idl-mode-map}
3060 \(fn)" t nil)
3062 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3063 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3064 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3065 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3067 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3068 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3069 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3070 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3071 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3072 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3073 message.
3075 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3077 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3078 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3080 Key bindings:
3081 \\{pike-mode-map}
3083 \(fn)" t nil)
3084 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3085 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3086 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3087 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3088 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3089 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3091 ;;;***
3093 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3094 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18794 5654))
3095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3097 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3098 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3099 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3100 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3102 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3104 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3105 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3106 might get set too.
3108 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3109 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3110 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3111 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3112 way.
3114 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3115 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3116 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3117 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3118 a null operation.
3120 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3122 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3123 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3124 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3125 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3127 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3129 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3130 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3131 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3133 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3135 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3136 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3137 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3138 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3139 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3141 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3143 ;;;***
3145 ;;;### (autoloads (c-subword-mode) "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el"
3146 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3147 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3149 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3150 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3151 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3152 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3153 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3154 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3155 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3156 Here are some examples:
3158 Nomenclature Subwords
3159 ===========================================================
3160 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3161 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3162 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3164 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3165 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3166 as words.
3168 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3172 ;;;***
3174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18937 47935))
3175 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3176 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3177 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3178 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3180 ;;;***
3182 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3183 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3184 ;;;;;; (18878 26805))
3185 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3187 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3188 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3190 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3192 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3193 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3195 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3197 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3198 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3200 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3201 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3202 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3203 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3204 execution.
3206 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3208 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3210 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3211 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3213 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3214 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3215 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3216 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3218 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3219 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3220 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3221 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3222 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3223 `write' commands.
3225 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3226 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3227 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3228 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3230 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3231 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3232 semantics.
3234 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3236 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3238 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3240 STATEMENT :=
3241 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3242 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3244 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3245 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3246 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3247 | integer
3249 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3251 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3252 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3253 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3255 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3256 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3257 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3259 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3260 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3262 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3263 BREAK := (break)
3265 REPEAT :=
3266 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3267 (repeat)
3268 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3269 ;; (repeat))
3270 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3271 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3272 ;; (read REG)
3273 ;; (repeat))
3274 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3275 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3276 ;; (read REG)
3277 ;; (repeat))
3278 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3280 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3281 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3282 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3283 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3284 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3285 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3286 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3287 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3288 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3289 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3290 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3291 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3292 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3293 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3294 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3295 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3297 WRITE :=
3298 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3299 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3300 ;; representation.
3301 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3302 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3303 ;; (write r7))
3304 | (write EXPRESSION)
3305 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3306 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3307 ;; representation.
3308 | (write integer)
3309 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3310 ;; buffer.
3311 | (write string)
3312 ;; Same as: (write string)
3313 | string
3314 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3315 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3316 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3317 ;; representation.
3318 | (write REG ARRAY)
3319 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3320 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3321 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3322 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3323 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3324 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3326 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3327 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3329 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3330 END := (end)
3332 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3333 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3334 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3336 ARG := REG | integer
3338 OPERATOR :=
3339 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3340 + | - | * | / | %
3342 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3343 | & | `|' | ^
3345 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3346 | << | >>
3348 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3349 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3350 | <8
3352 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3353 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3354 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3355 | >8
3357 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3358 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3359 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3360 | //
3362 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3363 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3365 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3366 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3367 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3368 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3369 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3370 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3371 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3372 | de-sjis
3374 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3375 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3376 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3377 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3378 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3379 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3380 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3381 ;; byte of SJIS.
3382 | en-sjis
3384 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3385 ;; Same meaning as C code
3386 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3388 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3389 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3390 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3391 | <8=
3393 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3394 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3395 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3397 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3398 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3399 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3400 | //=
3402 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3405 TRANSLATE :=
3406 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3407 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3408 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3409 LOOKUP :=
3410 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3411 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3412 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3413 MAP :=
3414 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3415 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3416 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3417 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3418 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3419 MAP-ID := integer
3421 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3423 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3424 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3425 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3426 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3427 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3428 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3430 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3432 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3433 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3434 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3436 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3438 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3440 ;;;***
3442 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3443 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3446 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3447 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3448 There are no special keybindings by default.
3450 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3451 to the action header.
3453 \(fn)" t nil)
3455 ;;;***
3457 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3458 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (18787 48921))
3459 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3461 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3462 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3463 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3465 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3467 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3468 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3469 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found. For this to
3470 work correctly, the statements must adhere to the format
3471 described in the documentation of `declare-function'.
3473 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3475 ;;;***
3477 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3478 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3479 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3480 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3481 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3482 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3483 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3484 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3485 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
3486 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3487 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3488 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3490 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3491 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3492 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3493 the users will view as each check is completed.
3495 \(fn)" t nil)
3497 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3498 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3499 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3500 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3501 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3502 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3503 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3504 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3506 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3508 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3509 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3510 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3511 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3512 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3513 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3514 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3515 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3517 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3519 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3520 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3521 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3522 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3523 spacing are all verified.
3525 \(fn)" t nil)
3527 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3528 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3529 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3530 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3531 otherwise stop after the first error.
3533 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3535 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3536 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3537 Only documentation strings are checked.
3538 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3539 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3540 a separate buffer.
3542 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3544 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3545 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3546 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3547 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3548 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3550 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3552 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3553 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3554 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3555 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3556 if there is one.
3558 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3560 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3561 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3562 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3563 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3564 if there is one.
3565 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3567 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3569 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3570 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3571 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3573 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3575 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3576 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3577 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3578 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3579 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3581 \(fn)" t nil)
3583 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3584 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3585 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3586 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3587 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3588 space at the end of each line.
3590 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3592 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3593 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3594 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3595 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3597 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3599 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3600 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3601 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3602 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3604 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3606 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3607 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3608 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3609 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3611 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3613 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3614 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3615 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3616 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3618 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3620 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3621 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3622 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3623 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3625 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3627 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3628 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3629 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3630 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3632 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3634 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3635 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3636 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3637 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3639 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3641 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3642 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3643 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3644 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3646 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3648 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3649 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3650 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3651 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3653 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3655 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3656 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3657 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3658 turn it off.
3660 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3661 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3662 checking of documentation strings.
3664 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3668 ;;;***
3670 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3671 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3672 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18787 48928))
3673 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3675 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3676 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3677 Return the length of resulting text.
3679 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3681 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3682 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3684 \(fn)" t nil)
3686 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3687 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3688 Return the length of resulting text.
3690 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3692 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3693 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3695 \(fn)" t nil)
3697 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3698 Not documented
3700 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3702 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3703 Not documented
3705 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3707 ;;;***
3709 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3710 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18787 48911))
3711 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3713 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3714 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3715 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3716 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3717 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3718 editing and the result is evaluated.
3720 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3722 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3723 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3724 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3725 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3726 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3728 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3730 \(fn)" t nil)
3732 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3733 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3734 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3735 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3736 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3738 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3739 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3740 \\{command-history-map}
3742 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3743 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3745 \(fn)" t nil)
3747 ;;;***
3749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18787 48921))
3750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3752 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3753 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3754 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3755 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3756 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3757 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3759 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3760 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3762 ;;;***
3764 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3765 ;;;;;; (18787 48921))
3766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3768 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3769 Not documented
3771 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3773 ;;;***
3775 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3776 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
3777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3779 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3780 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3781 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3782 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3784 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3785 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3786 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3787 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3789 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3790 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3792 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3794 ;;;***
3796 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18825
3797 ;;;;;; 40643))
3798 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3800 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3801 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3802 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3803 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3804 of `scheme-program-name').
3805 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3806 it is given as initial input.
3807 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3808 discards input when it starts up.
3809 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3810 is run).
3811 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3813 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3814 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3816 ;;;***
3818 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3819 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3820 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3821 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
3822 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3824 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3825 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3826 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3827 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3828 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3829 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3830 functions have already modified the buffer.
3832 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3834 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3835 either globally or locally.")
3837 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3839 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3840 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3841 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3842 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3843 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3844 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3845 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3846 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3848 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3850 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3852 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3853 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3854 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3855 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3856 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3857 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3858 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3859 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
3861 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3863 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3865 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3866 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3867 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3868 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3869 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3870 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3872 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3874 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
3875 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3876 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3877 directory tracking functions.")
3879 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3880 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3881 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3883 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3885 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3887 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3888 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3889 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3891 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3893 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3895 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3896 Send COMMAND to current process.
3897 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3898 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3900 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3902 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3903 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3904 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3905 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3907 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3909 ;;;***
3911 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18787
3912 ;;;;;; 48911))
3913 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3915 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
3916 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3917 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3918 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3920 This command pushes the mark in each window
3921 at the prior location of point in that window.
3922 If both windows display the same buffer,
3923 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3924 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3926 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
3927 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
3928 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
3929 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
3930 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
3931 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3932 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
3933 ignored.
3935 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
3936 this command work in interlaced mode:
3937 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
3938 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
3939 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
3941 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
3943 ;;;***
3945 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
3946 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
3947 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
3948 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
3949 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18863
3950 ;;;;;; 60812))
3951 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3953 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3954 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
3956 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
3958 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
3959 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
3960 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
3961 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
3962 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
3963 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
3964 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
3966 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
3968 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3969 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3971 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
3973 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3974 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3975 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
3976 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3977 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
3978 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
3979 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
3981 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3982 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3983 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3984 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3985 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3987 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3988 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3989 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3990 describing how the process finished.")
3992 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3993 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3994 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3995 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3996 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3998 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3999 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4000 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4002 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4004 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4005 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4006 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4007 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4009 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4011 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4012 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4014 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4015 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4017 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4018 (lambda ()
4019 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4020 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4021 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4022 (concat \"make -k \"
4023 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4025 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4026 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4028 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4029 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4030 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4031 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4033 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4035 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4036 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4037 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4038 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4040 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4041 and move to the source code that caused it.
4043 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4044 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4046 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4047 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4048 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4049 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4051 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4052 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4053 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4054 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4056 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4057 kills its subprocesses.
4059 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4060 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4061 to a function that generates a unique name.
4063 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4065 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4066 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4067 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4068 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4070 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4071 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4073 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4074 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4075 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4076 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4078 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4079 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4080 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4082 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4084 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4086 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4087 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4088 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4089 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4090 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4092 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4094 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4096 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4098 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4099 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4100 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4101 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4102 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4103 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4104 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4108 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4109 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4110 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4111 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4112 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4113 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4117 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4118 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4119 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4121 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4123 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4125 ;;;***
4127 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4128 ;;;;;; (18816 31238))
4129 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4131 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4132 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4133 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4134 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4135 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4136 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4138 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4140 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4141 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4142 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4144 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4145 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4146 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4147 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4149 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4150 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4151 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4152 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4154 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4155 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4156 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4157 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4159 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4160 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4161 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4162 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4163 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4167 ;;;***
4169 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4170 ;;;;;; (18787 48911))
4171 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4173 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4174 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4175 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4176 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4177 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4178 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4180 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4182 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4183 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4187 ;;;***
4189 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4190 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18890
4191 ;;;;;; 15680))
4192 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4194 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4195 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4196 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4197 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4199 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4201 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4202 Toggle Auto Composition mode.
4203 With ARG, turn Auto Composition mode off if and only if ARG is a non-positive
4204 number; if ARG is nil, toggle Auto Composition mode; anything else turns Auto
4205 Composition on.
4207 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4208 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4210 You can use `global-auto-composition-mode' to turn on
4211 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4215 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4216 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4217 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4218 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4219 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4220 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4222 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4224 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4225 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4226 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4227 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4228 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4230 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4232 ;;;***
4234 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4235 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4236 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4237 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
4238 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4240 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4241 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4242 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4243 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4244 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4245 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4246 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4248 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4249 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4250 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4252 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4253 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4254 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4256 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4257 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4258 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4259 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4261 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4262 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4263 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4264 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4265 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4266 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4267 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4269 \\{conf-mode-map}
4271 \(fn)" t nil)
4273 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4274 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4275 Comments start with `#'.
4276 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4278 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4280 \[Desktop Entry]
4281 Encoding=UTF-8
4282 Name=The GIMP
4283 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4284 Name[cs]=GIMP
4286 \(fn)" t nil)
4288 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4289 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4290 Comments start with `;'.
4291 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4293 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4295 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4296 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4297 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4299 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4300 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4302 \(fn)" t nil)
4304 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4305 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4306 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4307 between `/*' and `*/'.
4308 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4310 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4311 // another kind of comment
4312 /* yet another */
4314 name:value
4315 name=value
4316 name value
4317 x.1 =
4318 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4319 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4321 \(fn)" t nil)
4323 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4324 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4325 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4326 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4327 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4328 `conf-space-keywords'.
4329 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4330 in an interactive fashion instead.
4332 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4334 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4336 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4337 image/png png
4338 image/tiff tiff tif
4340 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4341 class desktop
4342 # Standard multimedia devices
4343 add /dev/audio desktop
4344 add /dev/mixer desktop
4346 \(fn)" t nil)
4348 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4349 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4350 See `conf-space-mode'.
4352 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4354 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4355 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4356 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4357 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4359 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4361 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4362 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4364 \(fn)" t nil)
4366 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4367 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4368 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4369 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4371 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4373 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4374 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4376 \(fn)" t nil)
4378 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4379 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4380 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4381 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4383 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4385 *background: gray99
4386 *foreground: black
4388 \(fn)" t nil)
4390 ;;;***
4392 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4393 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18787 48933))
4394 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4396 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4397 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4398 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4399 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4401 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4403 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4404 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4405 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4406 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4408 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4410 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4411 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4412 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4413 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4415 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4417 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4418 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4420 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4422 ;;;***
4424 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4425 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18844
4426 ;;;;;; 39825))
4427 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4429 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4430 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4431 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4432 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4433 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4434 following the copyright are updated as well.
4435 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4436 interactively.
4438 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4440 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4441 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4442 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4444 \(fn)" t nil)
4446 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4447 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4449 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4451 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4452 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4454 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4456 ;;;***
4458 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4459 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18852 12908))
4460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4461 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4462 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4463 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4464 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4465 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4466 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4467 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4469 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4470 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4471 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4472 Tab indents for Perl code.
4473 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4474 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4476 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4477 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4478 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4479 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4480 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4481 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4482 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4483 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4484 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4485 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4486 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4487 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4489 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4491 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4492 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4494 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4496 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4497 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4498 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4499 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4500 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4501 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4502 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4503 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4504 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4506 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4508 bite if angry;
4510 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4511 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4512 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4513 to nil.)
4515 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4516 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4517 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4519 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4521 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4522 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4523 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4524 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4525 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4527 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4529 if (A) { B }
4531 into
4533 B if A;
4535 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4537 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4538 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4539 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4540 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4541 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4542 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4543 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4544 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4545 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4546 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4547 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4548 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4549 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4551 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4552 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4553 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4554 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4555 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4556 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4558 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4559 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4560 man via menu.
4562 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4563 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4564 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4565 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4566 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4568 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4569 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4570 span the needed amount of lines.
4572 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4573 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4574 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4575 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4577 Variables controlling indentation style:
4578 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4579 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4580 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4581 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4582 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4583 `cperl-auto-newline'
4584 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4585 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4586 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4587 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4588 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4589 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4590 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4591 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4592 `cperl-indent-level'
4593 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4594 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4595 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4596 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4597 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4598 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4599 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4600 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4601 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4602 `cperl-brace-offset'
4603 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4604 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4605 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4606 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4607 `cperl-label-offset'
4608 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4609 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4610 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4612 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4613 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4614 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4615 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4616 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4617 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4619 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4620 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4621 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4622 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4624 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4625 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4626 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4627 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
4628 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4629 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4631 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4632 column 0 is indented on
4633 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4635 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4636 with no args.
4638 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4639 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4640 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4642 \(fn)" t nil)
4644 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4645 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4647 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4649 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4650 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4652 \(fn)" t nil)
4654 ;;;***
4656 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4657 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
4658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4660 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4661 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4662 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4663 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4664 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4666 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4668 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4669 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4671 \(fn)" t nil)
4673 ;;;***
4675 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4676 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
4677 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4679 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4680 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4681 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4682 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4684 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4685 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4687 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4689 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4690 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4691 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4695 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4697 ;;;***
4699 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4700 ;;;;;; (18877 40947))
4701 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4703 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4704 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4705 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4706 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4708 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4709 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4710 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4711 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4713 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4714 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4715 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4717 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4718 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4719 'bob', and 'eve'.
4721 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4722 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4723 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4725 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4727 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4728 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4729 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4731 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4733 ;;;***
4735 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18803
4736 ;;;;;; 56787))
4737 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4738 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
4740 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4741 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4743 \(fn)" t nil)
4745 ;;;***
4747 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4748 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
4749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4751 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4752 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4753 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4755 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4756 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4758 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4760 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4761 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4762 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4763 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4764 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4766 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4767 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4768 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4769 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4770 function of these prefix keys.
4772 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4773 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4774 options:
4775 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4776 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4777 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4779 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4780 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4781 the prefix fallback behavior.
4783 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4784 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4785 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4786 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4790 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4791 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4793 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4795 ;;;***
4797 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4798 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4799 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4800 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4801 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4802 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4803 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4804 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4805 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4806 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4807 ;;;;;; (18844 39825))
4808 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4810 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4811 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4813 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4815 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4816 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4818 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4820 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4821 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4823 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4824 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4826 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4827 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4829 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4830 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4832 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4833 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4835 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4837 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4839 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4840 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4841 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4843 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4844 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4846 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4847 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4849 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4850 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4852 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4854 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4856 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4857 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4858 Return VALUE.
4860 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4861 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4863 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4864 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4866 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4867 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4869 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4871 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4873 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4874 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4875 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4876 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4877 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4879 \(fn)" t nil)
4881 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4882 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4883 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4884 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4886 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4888 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4889 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4891 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4893 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4894 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4896 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4898 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4900 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4901 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4903 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4905 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4907 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4908 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4909 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4911 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4913 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4914 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4915 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4916 as part of Emacs itself.
4918 Each elements looks like this:
4920 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4922 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4923 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4924 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4925 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4926 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4927 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4928 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4929 and `defface'.
4931 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4933 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4934 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4935 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4936 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4937 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4939 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4940 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4941 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4942 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4944 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4946 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4947 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4948 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4949 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4950 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4952 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
4953 that were added or redefined since that version.
4955 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4957 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
4958 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
4959 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
4960 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4962 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4963 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4965 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4967 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4968 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
4969 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4971 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4972 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4974 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4976 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
4977 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
4979 \(fn)" t nil)
4981 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
4982 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
4984 \(fn)" t nil)
4986 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
4987 Customize all already saved user options.
4989 \(fn)" t nil)
4991 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
4992 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
4993 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4994 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4995 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4996 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
4997 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
4998 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5000 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5002 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5003 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5004 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5005 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5007 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5009 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5010 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5012 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5014 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5015 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5017 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5019 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5020 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5021 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5022 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5023 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5024 that option.
5026 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5028 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5029 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5030 The result includes selecting that window.
5031 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5032 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5033 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5034 that option.
5036 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5038 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5039 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5041 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5043 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5044 File used for storing customization information.
5045 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5046 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5047 it should be an absolute file name.
5049 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5050 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5051 something like the following in your init file:
5053 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5054 \(load custom-file)
5056 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5057 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5059 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5060 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5061 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5062 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5063 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5065 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5066 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5067 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5068 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5069 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5070 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5071 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5072 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5073 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5074 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5076 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5078 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5079 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5081 \(fn)" nil nil)
5083 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5084 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5086 \(fn)" t nil)
5088 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5089 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5090 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5092 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5094 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5095 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5096 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5097 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5098 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5100 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5102 ;;;***
5104 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5105 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
5106 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5108 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5109 Create a custom theme.
5111 \(fn)" t nil)
5113 ;;;***
5115 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5116 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
5117 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5119 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5120 Mode used for cvs status output.
5122 \(fn)" t nil)
5124 ;;;***
5126 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5127 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18787 48934))
5128 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5130 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5131 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5133 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5134 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5135 C++ modes are included.
5137 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5141 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5142 Turn on CWarn mode.
5144 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5145 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5147 \(fn)" nil nil)
5149 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5150 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5151 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5152 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5153 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5154 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5156 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5158 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5159 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5160 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5161 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5162 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5166 ;;;***
5168 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5169 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5170 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
5171 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5173 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5174 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5176 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5178 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5179 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5181 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5183 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5184 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5185 For readability, the table is slightly
5186 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5188 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5189 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5190 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5191 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5192 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5194 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5196 ;;;***
5198 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5199 ;;;;;; (18799 16230))
5200 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5201 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5202 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5204 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5205 Completion on current word.
5206 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5207 and presents suggestions for completion.
5209 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5210 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5211 completions.
5213 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5214 then it searches *all* buffers.
5216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5218 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5219 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5221 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5222 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5223 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5224 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5225 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5227 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5228 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5230 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5231 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5232 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5234 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5235 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5237 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5239 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5241 ;;;***
5243 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (18816
5244 ;;;;;; 36020))
5245 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5247 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5248 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5249 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5250 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5251 If the HANDLER returns an `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5253 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5255 ;;;***
5257 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18787
5258 ;;;;;; 48934))
5259 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5261 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5262 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5264 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5265 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5266 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5268 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5269 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5270 Data lines are not indented.
5272 Key bindings:
5274 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5275 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5277 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5278 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5279 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5280 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5282 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5284 dcl-basic-offset
5285 Extra indentation within blocks.
5287 dcl-continuation-offset
5288 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5290 dcl-margin-offset
5291 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5293 dcl-margin-label-offset
5294 Indentation for a label.
5296 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5297 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5299 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5300 dcl-block-end-regexp
5301 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5302 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5303 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5304 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5305 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5307 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5308 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5309 Two such functions are included in the package:
5310 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5311 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5313 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5314 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5315 One such function is included in the package:
5316 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5318 dcl-tab-always-indent
5319 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5320 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5321 margin.
5323 dcl-electric-characters
5324 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5325 typed.
5327 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5328 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5329 which words trigger electric indentation.
5331 dcl-tempo-comma
5332 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5333 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5334 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5336 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5337 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5338 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5339 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5341 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5342 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5343 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5344 dcl-imenu-label-call
5345 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5347 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5348 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5349 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5350 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5353 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5355 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5356 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5357 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5358 $ i = 1
5359 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5360 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5361 $ label:
5362 $ if i.eq.1
5363 $ then
5364 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5365 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5366 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5367 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5368 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5369 \"lined up with the command line\"
5370 $ type sys$input
5371 Data lines are not indented at all.
5372 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5373 $ endif
5377 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5378 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5380 \(fn)" t nil)
5382 ;;;***
5384 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5385 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18787 48921))
5386 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5388 (setq debugger 'debug)
5390 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5391 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5392 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5393 of the evaluator.
5395 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5396 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5397 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5399 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5401 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5402 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5404 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5406 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5407 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5408 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5409 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5410 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5411 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5413 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5414 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5416 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5418 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5419 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5420 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5421 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5422 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5424 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5426 ;;;***
5428 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5429 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
5430 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5432 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5433 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5435 \(fn)" t nil)
5437 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5438 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5439 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5440 Upper-case letters are commands.
5442 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5443 modify it.
5445 The most useful commands are:
5446 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5447 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5448 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5449 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5450 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5451 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5453 \(fn)" t nil)
5455 ;;;***
5457 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5458 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18787
5459 ;;;;;; 48912))
5460 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5462 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5463 Customization of `columns' group.
5465 \(fn)" t nil)
5467 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5468 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5470 START and END delimits the text region.
5472 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5474 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5475 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5477 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5479 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5481 ;;;***
5483 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18787
5484 ;;;;;; 48934))
5485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5487 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5488 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5489 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5490 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5491 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5492 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5494 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5496 Customization:
5498 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5499 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5500 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5501 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5502 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5503 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5504 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5505 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5506 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5507 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5508 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5509 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5510 blank line.
5511 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5512 Directories to search when finding external units.
5513 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5514 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5516 Coloring:
5518 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5519 Face used to color delphi comments.
5520 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5521 Face used to color delphi strings.
5522 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5523 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5524 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5525 Face used to color everything else.
5527 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5528 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5530 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5532 ;;;***
5534 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18787
5535 ;;;;;; 48912))
5536 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5538 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5540 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5541 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5542 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5543 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5544 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5545 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5547 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5549 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5550 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5551 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5552 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5554 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5555 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5556 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5557 any selection.
5559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5561 ;;;***
5563 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5564 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18787 48921))
5565 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5567 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5568 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5570 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5572 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5573 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5574 or nil if there is no parent.
5575 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5576 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5577 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5578 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5579 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5581 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5582 arguments are currently understood:
5583 :group GROUP
5584 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5585 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5586 :syntax-table TABLE
5587 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5588 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5589 :abbrev-table TABLE
5590 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5591 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5593 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5595 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5597 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5598 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5599 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5601 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5602 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5604 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5605 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5606 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5608 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5609 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5611 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5612 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5614 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5616 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5618 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5619 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5620 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5621 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5622 the first time the mode is used.
5624 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5626 ;;;***
5628 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5629 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18906 41485))
5630 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5632 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5633 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5634 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5635 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5636 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5637 otherwise.
5639 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5641 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5642 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5643 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5644 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5645 character composition information (if relevant),
5646 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5648 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5650 ;;;***
5652 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5653 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5654 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5655 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18886 63158))
5656 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5658 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5659 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5660 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5662 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5664 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5665 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5666 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5667 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5668 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5669 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5673 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5674 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5675 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5676 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5678 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5680 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5681 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5682 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5684 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5685 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5686 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5688 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5689 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5691 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5692 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5693 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5695 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5696 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5697 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5698 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5700 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5702 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5703 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5705 Handlers are called with argument list
5707 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5709 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5711 desktop-file-version
5712 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5713 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5714 desktop-buffer-point
5715 desktop-buffer-mark
5716 desktop-buffer-read-only
5717 desktop-buffer-locals
5719 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5720 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5722 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5723 code like
5725 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5727 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5728 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5730 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5732 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5734 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5735 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5736 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5737 List elements must have the form
5739 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5741 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5742 function.
5744 Handlers are called with argument list
5746 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5748 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5750 desktop-file-version
5751 desktop-buffer-file-name
5752 desktop-buffer-name
5753 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5754 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5755 desktop-buffer-point
5756 desktop-buffer-mark
5757 desktop-buffer-read-only
5758 desktop-buffer-misc
5760 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5761 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5762 created and set.
5764 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5765 code like
5767 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5769 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5770 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5772 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5774 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5776 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5778 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5779 Empty the Desktop.
5780 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5781 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5782 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5784 \(fn)" t nil)
5786 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5787 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5788 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5789 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5790 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5792 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5794 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5795 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5796 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5798 \(fn)" t nil)
5800 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5801 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5802 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5803 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5804 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5805 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5806 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5807 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5809 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5811 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5812 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5813 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5815 \(fn)" nil nil)
5817 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5818 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5819 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5820 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5821 directory DIRNAME.
5823 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5825 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5826 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5828 \(fn)" t nil)
5830 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5831 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5833 \(fn)" t nil)
5835 ;;;***
5837 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5838 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5839 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18794 5654))
5840 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5842 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5843 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5844 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5845 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5846 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5847 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5849 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5851 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5852 Repair a broken attribution line.
5853 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5855 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5857 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5858 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5859 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5860 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5862 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5864 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5865 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5867 \(fn)" t nil)
5869 ;;;***
5871 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5872 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18901 14441))
5873 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5875 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5876 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5877 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5878 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5879 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5883 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5884 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5885 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5886 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5888 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5889 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5890 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5891 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5893 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5894 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5896 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5897 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5898 calendar-date-style 'european
5899 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5901 \(diary-mail-entries)
5903 # diary-rem.el ends here
5905 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5907 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5908 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5910 \(fn)" t nil)
5912 ;;;***
5914 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5915 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18794 5653))
5916 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5918 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5919 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5921 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5923 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5924 The command to use to run diff.")
5926 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5928 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5929 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5930 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
5931 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
5932 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
5933 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5935 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
5936 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
5937 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
5939 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5941 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
5942 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5943 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5944 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5945 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5946 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5948 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5950 ;;;***
5952 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5953 ;;;;;; (18926 29402))
5954 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5956 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
5957 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5958 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5959 normal diffs.
5961 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5962 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5963 headers for you on-the-fly.
5965 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5966 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
5967 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5969 \\{diff-mode-map}
5971 \(fn)" t nil)
5973 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
5974 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5975 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5979 ;;;***
5981 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5982 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5983 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5984 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5985 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18901 14288))
5986 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5988 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5989 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5990 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5991 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5992 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5993 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5994 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5995 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
5997 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
5999 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6000 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6002 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6003 Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6004 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6005 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6006 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6008 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6009 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6011 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6012 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6013 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6014 always set this variable to t.")
6016 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6018 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6019 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6020 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6021 A value of t means move to first file.")
6023 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6025 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6026 Controls marking of renamed files.
6027 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6028 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6029 are afterward marked with that character.")
6031 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6033 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6034 Controls marking of copied files.
6035 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6036 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6038 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6040 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6041 Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6042 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6043 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6045 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6047 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6048 Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6049 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6050 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6052 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6054 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6055 If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6056 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6057 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6059 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6061 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6063 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6064 If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6065 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6067 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6069 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6070 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6071 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6072 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6073 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6074 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6076 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6077 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6078 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6079 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6080 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6081 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6082 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6083 list of files to make directory entries for.
6084 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6085 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6086 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6087 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6089 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6091 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6092 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6094 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6095 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6097 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6098 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6100 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6101 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6103 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6105 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6106 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6108 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6110 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6111 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6112 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6113 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6114 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6115 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6116 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6117 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6118 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6119 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6120 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6121 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6122 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6123 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6124 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6125 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6126 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6127 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6128 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6129 to see why something went wrong.
6130 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6131 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6132 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6133 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6134 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6135 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6136 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6137 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6138 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6139 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6140 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6141 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6142 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6144 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6145 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6146 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6147 again for the directory tree.
6149 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6150 for more info):
6152 `dired-listing-switches'
6153 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6154 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6155 `dired-marker-char'
6156 `dired-del-marker'
6157 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6158 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6159 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6160 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6162 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6164 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6165 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6166 `dired-mode-hook'
6167 `dired-load-hook'
6169 Keybindings:
6170 \\{dired-mode-map}
6172 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6173 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6175 ;;;***
6177 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6178 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-do-isearch-regexp dired-do-isearch
6179 ;;;;;; dired-isearch-filenames-regexp dired-isearch-filenames dired-isearch-filenames-setup
6180 ;;;;;; dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up
6181 ;;;;;; dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6182 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6183 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6184 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6185 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6186 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6187 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6188 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6189 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-do-async-shell-command
6190 ;;;;;; dired-clean-directory dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown
6191 ;;;;;; dired-do-chgrp dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6192 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18905 22708))
6193 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6195 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6196 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6197 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6198 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6199 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6200 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6201 which is options for `diff'.
6203 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6205 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6206 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6207 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6208 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6209 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6210 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6212 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6214 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6215 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6216 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6217 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6218 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6219 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6220 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6222 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6224 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6225 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6226 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6227 returned by function `file-attributes'
6229 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6230 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6232 Examples of PREDICATE:
6234 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6235 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6236 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6237 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6238 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6240 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6242 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
6243 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6244 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6248 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
6249 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6253 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
6254 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6258 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
6259 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6260 This calls touch.
6262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6264 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
6265 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6266 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6267 `lpr-switches' as default.
6269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6271 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
6272 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6273 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6274 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6275 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6277 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6278 with a prefix argument.
6280 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6282 (autoload 'dired-do-async-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6283 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files asynchronously.
6285 Like `dired-do-shell-command' but if COMMAND doesn't end in ampersand,
6286 adds `* &' surrounded by whitespace and executes the command asynchronously.
6287 The output appears in the buffer `*Async Shell Command*'.
6289 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6291 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6292 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6293 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6294 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6295 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6297 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6298 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6300 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6301 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6302 file name substituted for `?'.
6304 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6305 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6307 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6308 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6309 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6310 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6312 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6314 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6315 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6316 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6318 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6319 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6320 in a subdir.
6322 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6323 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
6324 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
6326 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6328 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6329 Not documented
6331 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6333 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
6334 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6335 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6336 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6337 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6338 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6339 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6340 from the buffer as well.
6341 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6342 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6343 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6345 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6347 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
6348 Not documented
6350 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6352 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
6353 Not documented
6355 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6357 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
6358 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6362 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
6363 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6367 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
6368 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6372 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
6373 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6374 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6375 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6377 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6378 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6379 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6380 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6381 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6382 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6383 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6385 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6387 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
6388 Not documented
6390 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6392 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
6393 Not documented
6395 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6397 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
6398 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6400 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6402 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
6403 Not documented
6405 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6407 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
6408 Not documented
6410 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6412 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
6413 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6415 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6417 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
6418 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6419 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6420 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6421 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6422 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6423 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6424 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6425 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6427 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
6428 like `cp -d'.
6430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6432 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
6433 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6434 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6435 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6436 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6437 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6438 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6439 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6441 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
6443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6445 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
6446 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6447 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6448 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6449 and new hard links are made in that directory
6450 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6451 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6452 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6456 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
6457 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6458 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6459 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6460 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6461 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6462 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6466 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6467 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6469 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6470 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6471 file if none are marked.
6473 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6474 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6475 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6476 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6478 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6479 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6481 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6483 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6484 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6485 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6487 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6489 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6490 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6491 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6493 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6495 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6496 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6497 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6499 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6501 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
6502 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6506 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
6507 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6511 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6512 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6513 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6514 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6515 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6516 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6517 this subdirectory.
6518 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6520 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6521 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6522 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6523 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6524 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6525 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6526 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6528 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6530 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6531 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6532 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6533 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6534 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6535 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6536 this subdirectory.
6537 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6539 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6541 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6542 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6543 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6545 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6547 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6548 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6549 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6550 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6552 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6554 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
6555 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6556 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6557 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6559 \(fn)" t nil)
6561 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6562 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6563 Lower levels are unaffected.
6565 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6567 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
6568 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6570 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6572 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
6573 Go down in the dired tree.
6575 \(fn)" t nil)
6577 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6578 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6579 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6580 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6582 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6584 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
6585 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6586 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6587 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6589 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6591 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames-setup "dired-aux" "\
6592 Set up isearch to search in Dired file names.
6593 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
6595 \(fn)" nil nil)
6597 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames "dired-aux" "\
6598 Search for a string using Isearch only in file names in the Dired buffer.
6600 \(fn)" t nil)
6602 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6603 Search for a regexp using Isearch only in file names in the Dired buffer.
6605 \(fn)" t nil)
6607 (autoload 'dired-do-isearch "dired-aux" "\
6608 Search for a string through all marked files using Isearch.
6610 \(fn)" t nil)
6612 (autoload 'dired-do-isearch-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6613 Search for a regexp through all marked files using Isearch.
6615 \(fn)" t nil)
6617 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
6618 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6619 Stops when a match is found.
6620 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6622 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6624 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6625 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6626 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6627 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6628 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6630 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6632 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
6633 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6634 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6635 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6637 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6639 ;;;***
6641 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
6642 ;;;;;; (18853 19459))
6643 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6645 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
6646 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6647 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6648 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6649 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6650 buffer and try again.
6652 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6654 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
6655 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
6656 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
6657 This creates relative symbolic links like
6659 foo -> ../bar/foo
6661 not absolute ones like
6663 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
6665 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
6667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6669 ;;;***
6671 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6672 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
6673 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6675 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6676 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6677 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6678 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6679 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6680 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6681 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6685 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6686 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6687 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6689 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6691 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6692 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6694 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6696 ;;;***
6698 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18787
6699 ;;;;;; 48921))
6700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6702 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6703 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6704 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6705 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6706 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6707 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6709 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6711 ;;;***
6713 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6714 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6715 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6716 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6717 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6718 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18787 48912))
6719 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6721 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6722 Return a new, empty display table.
6724 \(fn)" nil nil)
6726 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6727 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6728 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6729 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6730 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6732 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6734 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6735 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6736 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6737 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6738 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6740 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6742 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6743 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6745 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6747 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6748 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6750 \(fn)" t nil)
6752 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6753 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6755 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6757 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6758 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6760 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6762 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6763 Display character C using printable string S.
6765 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6767 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6768 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6769 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6770 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6772 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6774 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6775 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6776 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6777 X frame.
6779 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6781 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6782 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6784 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6786 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6787 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6789 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6791 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6792 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6794 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6796 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6797 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6799 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6801 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6802 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6804 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6806 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6807 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6809 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6810 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6811 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6812 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6814 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6815 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6816 European character display.
6818 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6819 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6820 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6821 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6823 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6824 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6825 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6826 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6827 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6829 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6831 ;;;***
6833 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6834 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
6835 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6837 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6838 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6839 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6840 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6841 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6842 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6843 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6844 Default is 2.
6846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6848 ;;;***
6850 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18787 48912))
6851 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6853 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
6854 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6855 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6856 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6857 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6858 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6859 private or ask).
6860 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6861 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6862 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6863 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6864 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6866 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6868 ;;;***
6870 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6871 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18787 48936))
6872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6874 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6875 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6876 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6877 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6878 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6879 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6880 table and its own syntax table.
6882 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6884 \(fn)" t nil)
6885 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6887 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6888 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6890 \(fn)" t nil)
6891 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
6893 ;;;***
6895 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6896 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (18901 14440))
6897 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6899 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6900 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6901 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6903 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6905 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6906 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6908 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6909 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6911 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6912 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6913 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6915 \(fn)" t nil)
6917 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6918 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6919 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6920 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6924 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6925 Not documented
6927 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6929 ;;;***
6931 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18787 48933))
6932 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6934 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6935 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6937 \(fn)" t nil)
6939 ;;;***
6941 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18791 16507))
6942 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6944 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6945 Toggle Double mode.
6946 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6947 turn it off.
6949 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6950 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6954 ;;;***
6956 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18787 48933))
6957 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6959 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6960 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6962 \(fn)" t nil)
6964 ;;;***
6966 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6967 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
6968 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6970 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6971 Play sounds in message buffers.
6973 \(fn)" t nil)
6975 ;;;***
6977 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6978 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6979 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18787 48921))
6980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6982 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6984 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6985 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6986 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6987 and toggle command MODE.
6989 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6990 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6991 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6992 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6993 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6994 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6995 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6996 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6997 used (see below).
6999 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7000 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7001 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7002 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7003 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7004 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7005 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7006 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7007 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7008 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7009 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7010 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7011 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7012 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7013 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7014 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7015 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7017 For example, you could write
7018 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7019 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7020 ...BODY CODE...)
7022 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7024 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7026 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7028 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7029 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7030 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7031 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7032 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7033 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7034 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7035 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7036 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7037 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7038 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7039 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7041 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7042 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7043 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7044 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7045 call another major mode in their body.
7047 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7049 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7050 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7051 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7052 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7053 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7054 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7055 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7057 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7059 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7060 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7061 :inherit Parent keymap.
7062 :group Ignored.
7063 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7064 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7066 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7068 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7069 Not documented
7071 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7073 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7074 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7075 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7077 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7079 ;;;***
7081 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7082 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18787
7083 ;;;;;; 48922))
7084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7086 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7088 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7089 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7091 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7092 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7093 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7095 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7096 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7098 :filter FUNCTION
7100 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7101 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7103 :visible INCLUDE
7105 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7106 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7108 :active ENABLE
7110 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7111 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7113 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7115 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7117 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7119 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7120 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7122 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7123 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7125 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7127 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7129 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7131 :keys KEYS
7133 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7134 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7135 computed automatically.
7136 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7138 :key-sequence KEYS
7140 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7141 menu item.
7142 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7143 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7144 keyboard equivalent.
7146 :active ENABLE
7148 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7149 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7151 :visible INCLUDE
7153 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7154 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7156 :label FORM
7158 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7159 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7161 :suffix FORM
7163 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7164 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7166 :style STYLE
7168 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7169 defined:
7171 toggle: A checkbox.
7172 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7173 radio: A radio button.
7174 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7175 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7176 menu bar itself.
7177 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7179 :selected SELECTED
7181 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7182 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7184 :help HELP
7186 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7188 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7189 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7190 as a solid horizontal line.
7192 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7194 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7196 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7197 Not documented
7199 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7201 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7202 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7203 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7204 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7206 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7208 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7209 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7210 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7211 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7212 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7213 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7215 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7216 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7217 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7219 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7220 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7221 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7223 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7224 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7226 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7228 ;;;***
7230 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7231 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7232 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7233 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7234 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7235 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7236 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7237 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18787 48934))
7238 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7240 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7241 Customization for ebnf group.
7243 \(fn)" t nil)
7245 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7246 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7248 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7250 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7251 processed.
7253 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7255 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7257 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7258 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7260 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7261 killed after process termination.
7263 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7265 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7267 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7268 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7270 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7271 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7272 it to the printer.
7274 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7275 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7276 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7277 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7279 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7281 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7282 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7283 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7285 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7287 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7288 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7290 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7292 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7293 processed.
7295 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7297 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7299 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7300 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7302 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7303 killed after process termination.
7305 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7307 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7309 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7310 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7311 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7312 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7314 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7316 \(fn)" t nil)
7318 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7319 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7320 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7322 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7324 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7326 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7327 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7329 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7331 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7332 processed.
7334 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7336 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7338 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7339 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7341 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7342 killed after EPS generation.
7344 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7346 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7348 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7349 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7351 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7352 The EPS file name has the following form:
7354 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7356 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7357 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7359 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7360 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7361 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7362 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7363 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7365 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7366 files.
7368 \(fn)" t nil)
7370 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7371 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7373 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7374 The EPS file name has the following form:
7376 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7378 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7379 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7381 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7382 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7383 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7384 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7385 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7387 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7388 files.
7390 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7392 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7394 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7395 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7397 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7399 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7400 are processed.
7402 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7404 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7406 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7407 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7409 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7410 killed after syntax checking.
7412 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7414 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7416 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7417 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7419 \(fn)" t nil)
7421 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7422 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7424 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7426 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7427 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7429 \(fn)" nil nil)
7431 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7432 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7434 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7436 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7438 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7439 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7441 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7443 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7445 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7446 Delete style NAME.
7448 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7450 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7452 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7453 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7455 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7457 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7459 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7460 Set STYLE as the current style.
7462 Returns the old style symbol.
7464 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7466 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7468 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7469 Reset current style.
7471 Returns the old style symbol.
7473 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7475 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7477 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7478 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7480 Returns the old style symbol.
7482 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7484 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7486 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7488 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7489 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7491 Returns the old style symbol.
7493 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7495 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7497 \(fn)" t nil)
7499 ;;;***
7501 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7502 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7503 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7504 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7505 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7506 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7507 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7508 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7509 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7510 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7511 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18875
7512 ;;;;;; 4272))
7513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7515 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7516 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7517 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7518 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7519 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7520 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7522 Tree mode key bindings:
7523 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7525 \(fn)" t nil)
7527 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7528 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7530 \(fn)" t nil)
7532 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7533 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7535 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7537 \(fn)" nil nil)
7539 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7540 View declaration of member at point.
7542 \(fn)" t nil)
7544 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7545 Find declaration of member at point.
7547 \(fn)" t nil)
7549 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7550 View definition of member at point.
7552 \(fn)" t nil)
7554 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7555 Find definition of member at point.
7557 \(fn)" t nil)
7559 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7560 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7562 \(fn)" t nil)
7564 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7565 View definition of member at point in other window.
7567 \(fn)" t nil)
7569 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7570 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7572 \(fn)" t nil)
7574 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7575 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7577 \(fn)" t nil)
7579 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7580 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7582 \(fn)" t nil)
7584 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7585 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7587 \(fn)" t nil)
7589 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7590 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7591 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7592 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7593 completion.
7595 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7597 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7598 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7599 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7600 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7602 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7604 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7605 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7606 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7607 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7609 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7611 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7612 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7613 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7615 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7617 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7618 Search for call sites of a member.
7619 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7620 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7621 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7622 looks like a function call to the member.
7624 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7626 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7627 Move backward in the position stack.
7628 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7630 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7632 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7633 Move forward in the position stack.
7634 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7636 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7638 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7639 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7641 \(fn)" t nil)
7643 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7644 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7646 \(fn)" t nil)
7648 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7649 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7650 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7651 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7653 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7655 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7656 Display statistics for a class tree.
7658 \(fn)" t nil)
7660 ;;;***
7662 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7663 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
7664 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7666 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7667 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7668 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7669 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7671 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7672 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7673 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7675 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7676 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7677 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7679 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7681 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7683 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7685 ;;;***
7687 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7688 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18787 48912))
7689 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7691 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7692 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7693 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7695 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7697 ;;;***
7699 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7700 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
7701 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7703 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7704 Not documented
7706 \(fn)" nil nil)
7708 ;;;***
7710 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7711 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7712 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18791 16517))
7713 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7715 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7716 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7717 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7718 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7719 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7721 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7722 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7723 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7724 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7726 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7728 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7729 Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7730 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7731 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7733 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7735 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7736 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7737 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7738 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7740 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7742 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7744 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7745 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7746 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7747 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7748 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7750 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7751 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7752 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7753 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7754 instrumented for Edebug.
7756 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7757 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7758 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7759 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7760 already is one.)
7762 \(fn)" t nil)
7764 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7765 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7767 \(fn)" t nil)
7769 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7770 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7772 \(fn)" t nil)
7774 ;;;***
7776 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7777 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7778 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7779 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7780 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7781 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7782 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7783 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7784 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-files3 ediff-files)
7785 ;;;;;; "ediff" "ediff.el" (18821 3055))
7786 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7788 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7789 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7791 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7793 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7794 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7796 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7798 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7800 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7802 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7803 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7804 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7805 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7807 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7809 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7810 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7812 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7814 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7816 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7817 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7819 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7821 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7823 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7824 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7825 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7826 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7828 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7830 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7832 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7833 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7834 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7835 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7837 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7839 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7841 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7842 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7843 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7844 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7846 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7848 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7850 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7851 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7852 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7853 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7855 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7857 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7859 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7860 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7861 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7862 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7863 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7864 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7866 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7868 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7869 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7870 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7871 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7873 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7875 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7877 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7878 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7879 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7880 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7882 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7884 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7886 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7888 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7889 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7890 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7891 follows:
7892 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7893 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7895 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7897 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7898 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7899 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7900 follows:
7901 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7902 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7904 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7906 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7907 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7908 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7909 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7910 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7912 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7914 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7915 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7916 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7917 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7918 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7919 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7921 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7923 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7925 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7926 Merge two files without ancestor.
7928 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7930 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7931 Merge two files with ancestor.
7933 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7935 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7937 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7938 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7940 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7942 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7943 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7945 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7947 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7948 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7949 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7950 buffer.
7952 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7954 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7955 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7956 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7957 buffer.
7959 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7961 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7962 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7963 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7964 and don't ask the user.
7965 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7966 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7968 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7970 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7971 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7972 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7973 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7974 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7975 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7976 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7977 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7979 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7981 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7983 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7985 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7986 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7987 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7988 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7989 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7991 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7993 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7995 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7996 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7997 When called interactively, displays the version.
7999 \(fn)" t nil)
8001 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8002 Display Ediff's manual.
8003 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8005 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8007 ;;;***
8009 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8010 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
8011 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8013 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8014 Not documented
8016 \(fn)" t nil)
8018 ;;;***
8020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18787 48912))
8021 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8023 (if (featurep 'xemacs) (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (when (featurep 'menubar) (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser..."))) (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '(menu-item "This Window and Next Window" compare-windows :help "Compare the current window and the next window")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '(menu-item "Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise :help "Compare windows line-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '(menu-item "Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise :help "Compare windows word-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '(menu-item "Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise :help "Compare regions line-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '(menu-item "Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise :help "Compare regions word-wise")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions :help "Compare directory files with their older versions")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '(menu-item "File with Revision..." ediff-revision :help "Compare file with its older versions")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '(menu-item "Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 :help "Compare files common to three directories simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '(menu-item "Two Directories..." ediff-directories :help "Compare files common to two directories simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '(menu-item "Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 :help "Compare three buffers simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '(menu-item "Three Files..." ediff-files3 :help "Compare three files simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '(menu-item "Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers :help "Compare two buffers simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '(menu-item "Two Files..." ediff-files :help "Compare two files simultaneously")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor :help "Merge versions of the files in the same directory by comparing the files with common ancestors")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '(menu-item "Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions :help "Merge versions of the files in the same directory (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor :help "Merge versions of the same file by comparing them with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '(menu-item "Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions :help "Merge versions of the same file (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor :help "Merge files common to a pair of directories by comparing the files with common ancestors")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '(menu-item "Directories..." ediff-merge-directories :help "Merge files common to a pair of directories")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor :help "Merge buffers by comparing their contents with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '(menu-item "Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers :help "Merge buffers (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '(menu-item "Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor :help "Merge files by comparing them with a common ancestor")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '(menu-item "Files..." ediff-merge-files :help "Merge files (without using ancestor information)")) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '(menu-item "To a Buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer :help "Apply a patch to the contents of a buffer")) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '(menu-item "To a File..." ediff-patch-file :help "Apply a patch to a file")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '(menu-item "Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" ediff-toggle-multiframe :help "Switch between the single-frame presentation mode and the multi-frame mode")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '(menu-item "List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry :help "List all active Ediff sessions; it is a convenient way to find and resume such a session")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '(menu-item "Customize Ediff" ediff-customize :help "Change some of the parameters that govern the behavior of Ediff")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '(menu-item "Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation :help "Bring up the Ediff manual")))
8025 ;;;***
8027 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8028 ;;;;;; (18821 3055))
8029 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8031 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8032 Display Ediff's registry.
8034 \(fn)" t nil)
8036 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8038 ;;;***
8040 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8041 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18791 16508))
8042 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8044 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8045 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8046 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8047 which see.
8049 \(fn)" t nil)
8051 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8052 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8053 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8054 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8056 \(fn)" t nil)
8058 ;;;***
8060 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8061 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8062 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
8063 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8065 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8066 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8067 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8069 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8070 Edit a keyboard macro.
8071 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8072 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8073 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8074 its command name.
8075 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8077 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8079 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8080 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8082 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8084 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8085 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8087 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8089 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8090 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8091 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8092 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8093 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8094 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8096 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8097 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8098 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8099 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8101 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8103 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8104 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8105 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8106 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8107 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8108 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8110 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8112 ;;;***
8114 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8115 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18787 48923))
8116 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8118 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8119 Set scroll margins.
8120 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8121 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8123 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8125 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8126 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8128 \(fn)" t nil)
8130 ;;;***
8132 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8133 ;;;;;; (18794 5653))
8134 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8136 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8137 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8138 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8139 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8140 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8141 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8142 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8144 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8145 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8147 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8148 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8149 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8150 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8152 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8153 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8154 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8156 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8157 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8158 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8160 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8162 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8163 Not documented
8165 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8167 ;;;***
8169 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8170 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18811 27444))
8171 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8173 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8174 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8176 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8178 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8179 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8180 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8181 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8182 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8183 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8184 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8186 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8190 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8191 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8193 \(fn)" t nil)
8195 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8196 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8197 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8198 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8199 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8200 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8201 arg list.
8203 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8204 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8205 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8206 effect.
8208 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8209 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8211 ;;;***
8213 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18787
8214 ;;;;;; 48912))
8215 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8217 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8218 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8220 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8221 an elided material again.
8223 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8227 ;;;***
8229 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8230 ;;;;;; (18852 12908))
8231 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8233 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8234 Initialize elint.
8236 \(fn)" t nil)
8238 ;;;***
8240 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8241 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18821
8242 ;;;;;; 3056))
8243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8245 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8246 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8247 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8249 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8251 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8252 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8253 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8254 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8256 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8258 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8259 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8260 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8262 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8264 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8266 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8267 Display current profiling results.
8268 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8269 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8270 displayed.
8272 \(fn)" t nil)
8274 ;;;***
8276 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8277 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
8278 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8280 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8281 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8282 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8284 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8286 ;;;***
8288 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8289 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8290 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8291 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8292 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18742 35183))
8293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8295 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8296 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8297 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8298 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8299 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8300 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8301 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8302 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8303 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8304 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8305 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8306 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8307 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8308 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8309 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8310 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8312 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8313 Run Emerge on two files.
8315 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8317 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8318 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8320 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8322 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8323 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8325 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8327 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8328 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8330 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8332 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8333 Not documented
8335 \(fn)" nil nil)
8337 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8338 Not documented
8340 \(fn)" nil nil)
8342 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8343 Not documented
8345 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8347 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8348 Not documented
8350 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8352 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8353 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8355 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8357 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8358 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8360 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8362 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8363 Not documented
8365 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8367 ;;;***
8369 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8370 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
8371 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8373 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
8374 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
8376 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
8378 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
8380 ;;;***
8382 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8383 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18787 48936))
8384 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8386 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8387 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8388 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8389 text/enriched format.
8390 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8392 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8393 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8395 Commands:
8397 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8401 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8402 Not documented
8404 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8406 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8407 Not documented
8409 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8411 ;;;***
8413 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8414 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8415 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8416 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8417 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8418 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (18787
8419 ;;;;;; 48912))
8420 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8422 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8423 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8425 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8427 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8428 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8430 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8432 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8433 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8434 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8435 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8436 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8437 the keys are listed.
8438 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8440 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8442 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8443 Decrypt FILE.
8445 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8447 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8448 Verify FILE.
8450 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8452 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8453 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8455 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8457 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8458 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8460 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8462 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8463 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8465 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8466 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8467 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8468 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8469 should consider using the string based counterpart
8470 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8471 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8473 For example:
8475 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8476 (decode-coding-string
8477 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8478 'utf-8))
8480 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8482 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8483 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8485 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8486 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8488 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8490 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8491 Verify the current region between START and END.
8493 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8494 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8495 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8496 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8497 should consider using the string based counterpart
8498 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8499 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8501 For example:
8503 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8504 (decode-coding-string
8505 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8506 'utf-8))
8508 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8510 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8511 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8512 between START and END.
8514 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8515 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8517 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8519 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8520 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8522 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8523 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8524 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8525 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8526 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8527 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8529 For example:
8531 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8532 (epg-sign-string
8533 context
8534 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8536 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8538 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8539 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8541 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8542 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8543 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8544 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8545 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8546 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8548 For example:
8550 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8551 (epg-encrypt-string
8552 context
8553 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8554 nil))
8556 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8558 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8559 Delete selected KEYS.
8561 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8563 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8564 Import keys from FILE.
8566 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8568 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8569 Import keys from the region.
8571 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8573 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8574 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8575 between START and END.
8577 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8579 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8580 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8582 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8584 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8585 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8587 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8589 ;;;***
8591 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8592 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (18787 48912))
8593 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8595 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8596 Decrypt marked files.
8598 \(fn)" t nil)
8600 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8601 Verify marked files.
8603 \(fn)" t nil)
8605 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8606 Sign marked files.
8608 \(fn)" t nil)
8610 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8611 Encrypt marked files.
8613 \(fn)" t nil)
8615 ;;;***
8617 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8618 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (18923 53557))
8619 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8621 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8622 Not documented
8624 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8626 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8627 Not documented
8629 \(fn)" t nil)
8631 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8632 Not documented
8634 \(fn)" t nil)
8636 ;;;***
8638 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8639 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8640 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (18787 48912))
8641 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8643 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8644 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8648 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8649 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8650 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8652 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8654 \(fn)" t nil)
8656 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8657 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8658 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8660 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8662 \(fn)" t nil)
8664 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8665 Sign the current buffer.
8666 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8668 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8670 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8672 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8673 Encrypt the current buffer.
8674 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8676 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8678 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8680 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8681 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8682 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8684 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8686 \(fn)" t nil)
8688 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8689 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8690 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8691 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8692 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8693 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8695 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8697 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8698 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8702 ;;;***
8704 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-generate-key-from-string epg-generate-key-from-file
8705 ;;;;;; epg-start-generate-key epg-sign-keys epg-start-sign-keys
8706 ;;;;;; epg-delete-keys epg-start-delete-keys epg-receive-keys epg-start-receive-keys
8707 ;;;;;; epg-import-keys-from-string epg-import-keys-from-file epg-start-import-keys
8708 ;;;;;; epg-export-keys-to-string epg-export-keys-to-file epg-start-export-keys
8709 ;;;;;; epg-encrypt-string epg-encrypt-file epg-start-encrypt epg-sign-string
8710 ;;;;;; epg-sign-file epg-start-sign epg-verify-string epg-verify-file
8711 ;;;;;; epg-start-verify epg-decrypt-string epg-decrypt-file epg-start-decrypt
8712 ;;;;;; epg-cancel epg-list-keys) "epg" "epg.el" (18787 48912))
8713 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8715 (autoload 'epg-list-keys "epg" "\
8716 Return a list of epg-key objects matched with NAME.
8717 If MODE is nil or 'public, only public keyring should be searched.
8718 If MODE is t or 'secret, only secret keyring should be searched.
8719 Otherwise, only public keyring should be searched and the key
8720 signatures should be included.
8721 NAME is either a string or a list of strings.
8723 \(fn CONTEXT &optional NAME MODE)" nil nil)
8725 (autoload 'epg-cancel "epg" "\
8726 Not documented
8728 \(fn CONTEXT)" nil nil)
8730 (autoload 'epg-start-decrypt "epg" "\
8731 Initiate a decrypt operation on CIPHER.
8732 CIPHER must be a file data object.
8734 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8735 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8736 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8737 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8738 `epg-decrypt-file' or `epg-decrypt-string' instead.
8740 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8742 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-file "epg" "\
8743 Decrypt a file CIPHER and store the result to a file PLAIN.
8744 If PLAIN is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8746 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER PLAIN)" nil nil)
8748 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-string "epg" "\
8749 Decrypt a string CIPHER and return the plain text.
8751 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8753 (autoload 'epg-start-verify "epg" "\
8754 Initiate a verify operation on SIGNATURE.
8755 SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT are a data object if they are specified.
8757 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be set.
8758 For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be nil.
8760 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8761 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8762 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8763 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8764 `epg-verify-file' or `epg-verify-string' instead.
8766 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8768 (autoload 'epg-verify-file "epg" "\
8769 Verify a file SIGNATURE.
8770 SIGNED-TEXT and PLAIN are also a file if they are specified.
8772 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8773 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8774 nil. In the latter case, if PLAIN is specified, the plaintext is
8775 stored into the file after successful verification.
8777 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT PLAIN)" nil nil)
8779 (autoload 'epg-verify-string "epg" "\
8780 Verify a string SIGNATURE.
8781 SIGNED-TEXT is a string if it is specified.
8783 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8784 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8785 nil. In the latter case, this function returns the plaintext after
8786 successful verification.
8788 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8790 (autoload 'epg-start-sign "epg" "\
8791 Initiate a sign operation on PLAIN.
8792 PLAIN is a data object.
8794 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8795 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8796 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8798 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8799 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8800 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8801 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8802 `epg-sign-file' or `epg-sign-string' instead.
8804 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8806 (autoload 'epg-sign-file "epg" "\
8807 Sign a file PLAIN and store the result to a file SIGNATURE.
8808 If SIGNATURE is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8809 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8810 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8811 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8813 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN SIGNATURE &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8815 (autoload 'epg-sign-string "epg" "\
8816 Sign a string PLAIN and return the output as string.
8817 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8818 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8819 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8821 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8823 (autoload 'epg-start-encrypt "epg" "\
8824 Initiate an encrypt operation on PLAIN.
8825 PLAIN is a data object.
8826 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8828 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8829 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8830 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8831 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8832 `epg-encrypt-file' or `epg-encrypt-string' instead.
8834 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8836 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-file "epg" "\
8837 Encrypt a file PLAIN and store the result to a file CIPHER.
8838 If CIPHER is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8839 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8841 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS CIPHER &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8843 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-string "epg" "\
8844 Encrypt a string PLAIN.
8845 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8847 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8849 (autoload 'epg-start-export-keys "epg" "\
8850 Initiate an export keys operation.
8852 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8853 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8854 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8855 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8856 `epg-export-keys-to-file' or `epg-export-keys-to-string' instead.
8858 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8860 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-file "epg" "\
8861 Extract public KEYS.
8863 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS FILE)" nil nil)
8865 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-string "epg" "\
8866 Extract public KEYS and return them as a string.
8868 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8870 (autoload 'epg-start-import-keys "epg" "\
8871 Initiate an import keys operation.
8872 KEYS is a data object.
8874 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8875 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8876 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8877 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8878 `epg-import-keys-from-file' or `epg-import-keys-from-string' instead.
8880 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8882 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-file "epg" "\
8883 Add keys from a file KEYS.
8885 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8887 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-string "epg" "\
8888 Add keys from a string KEYS.
8890 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8892 (autoload 'epg-start-receive-keys "epg" "\
8893 Initiate a receive key operation.
8894 KEY-ID-LIST is a list of key IDs.
8896 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8897 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8898 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8899 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8900 `epg-receive-keys' instead.
8902 \(fn CONTEXT KEY-ID-LIST)" nil nil)
8904 (autoload 'epg-receive-keys "epg" "\
8905 Add keys from server.
8906 KEYS is a list of key IDs
8908 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8910 (defalias 'epg-import-keys-from-server 'epg-receive-keys)
8912 (autoload 'epg-start-delete-keys "epg" "\
8913 Initiate a delete keys operation.
8915 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8916 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8917 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8918 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8919 `epg-delete-keys' instead.
8921 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8923 (autoload 'epg-delete-keys "epg" "\
8924 Delete KEYS from the key ring.
8926 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8928 (autoload 'epg-start-sign-keys "epg" "\
8929 Initiate a sign keys operation.
8931 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8932 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8933 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8934 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8935 `epg-sign-keys' instead.
8937 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8939 (autoload 'epg-sign-keys "epg" "\
8940 Sign KEYS from the key ring.
8942 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8944 (autoload 'epg-start-generate-key "epg" "\
8945 Initiate a key generation.
8946 PARAMETERS specifies parameters for the key.
8948 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8949 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8950 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8951 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8952 `epg-generate-key-from-file' or `epg-generate-key-from-string' instead.
8954 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8956 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-file "epg" "\
8957 Generate a new key pair.
8958 PARAMETERS is a file which tells how to create the key.
8960 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8962 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-string "epg" "\
8963 Generate a new key pair.
8964 PARAMETERS is a string which tells how to create the key.
8966 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8968 ;;;***
8970 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8971 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (18787 48912))
8972 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8974 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8975 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8977 \(fn)" nil nil)
8979 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8980 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8982 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8984 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8985 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8987 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8989 ;;;***
8991 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8992 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18875 4272))
8993 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8995 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8996 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8998 \(fn)" nil nil)
9000 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
9001 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9002 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9004 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9006 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9007 (server (erc-compute-server))
9008 (port (erc-compute-port))
9009 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9010 password
9011 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9013 That is, if called with
9015 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9017 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9018 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9019 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9021 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9023 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
9025 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
9026 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9027 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9028 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9030 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9032 ;;;***
9034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18787
9035 ;;;;;; 48923))
9036 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9037 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9039 ;;;***
9041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18787 48924))
9042 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9043 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9045 ;;;***
9047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18787 48924))
9048 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9049 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9051 ;;;***
9053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18787 48924))
9054 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9055 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9057 ;;;***
9059 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9060 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18800 40734))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9062 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
9064 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9065 Parser for /dcc command.
9066 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9067 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9068 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9070 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9072 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9073 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9075 \(fn)" nil nil)
9077 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9078 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9080 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9081 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9082 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9083 that subcommand.
9085 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9087 ;;;***
9089 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9090 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9091 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9092 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9093 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9094 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9096 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9097 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9099 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9101 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9102 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9103 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9104 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9106 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9108 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9109 Not documented
9111 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9113 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9114 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9116 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9118 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9119 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9121 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9123 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9124 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9126 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9128 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9129 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9131 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9133 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9134 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9136 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9138 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9139 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9141 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9143 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9144 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9146 \(fn)" nil nil)
9148 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9149 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9151 \(fn)" nil nil)
9153 ;;;***
9155 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18787
9156 ;;;;;; 48924))
9157 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9158 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9160 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9161 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9162 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9164 \(fn)" nil nil)
9166 ;;;***
9168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18787
9169 ;;;;;; 48924))
9170 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9171 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9173 ;;;***
9175 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9176 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18787 48924))
9177 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9178 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9180 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9181 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9182 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9183 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9184 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9185 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9186 system.
9188 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9190 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9191 Not documented
9193 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9195 ;;;***
9197 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9198 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9199 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9201 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9202 Not documented
9204 \(fn)" nil nil)
9206 ;;;***
9208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18787 48924))
9209 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9210 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9212 ;;;***
9214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (18787 48924))
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9216 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9218 ;;;***
9220 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9221 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18787 48924))
9222 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9223 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9225 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9226 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9227 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9228 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9229 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9230 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9232 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9234 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9235 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9236 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9237 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9239 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9240 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9241 automatically.
9243 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9244 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9246 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9248 ;;;***
9250 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9251 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9252 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9253 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9254 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9255 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9257 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9258 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9260 \(fn)" t nil)
9262 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9263 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9265 \(fn)" t nil)
9267 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9268 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9270 \(fn)" t nil)
9272 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9273 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9275 \(fn)" t nil)
9277 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9278 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9280 \(fn)" t nil)
9282 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9283 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9285 \(fn)" t nil)
9287 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9288 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9290 \(fn)" t nil)
9292 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9293 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9295 \(fn)" t nil)
9297 ;;;***
9299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18787 48924))
9300 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9301 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9303 ;;;***
9305 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9306 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9307 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9308 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9310 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9311 Show who's gone.
9313 \(fn)" nil nil)
9315 ;;;***
9317 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9318 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18787 48924))
9319 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9321 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9322 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9323 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9324 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9326 \(fn)" nil nil)
9328 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9329 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9331 \(fn)" t nil)
9333 ;;;***
9335 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9336 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18787 48924))
9337 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9338 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9340 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9341 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9342 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9343 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9345 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9347 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9348 Not documented
9350 \(fn)" nil nil)
9352 ;;;***
9354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18787 48924))
9355 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9356 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9358 ;;;***
9360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18787
9361 ;;;;;; 48924))
9362 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9363 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9365 ;;;***
9367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18787 48924))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9369 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9371 ;;;***
9373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18787 48924))
9374 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9375 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9377 ;;;***
9379 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9380 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18787 48924))
9381 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9382 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9384 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9385 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9387 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9389 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9390 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9391 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9393 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9395 ;;;***
9397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18787 48924))
9398 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9399 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9401 ;;;***
9403 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9404 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9405 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9407 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9408 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9409 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9411 \(fn)" t nil)
9413 ;;;***
9415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18787
9416 ;;;;;; 48924))
9417 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9418 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9420 ;;;***
9422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18787 48924))
9423 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9424 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9426 ;;;***
9428 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9429 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9430 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9432 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9433 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9434 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9436 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9438 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9439 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9440 mode line.
9442 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9443 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9444 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9447 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9449 ;;;***
9451 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9452 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18787 48924))
9453 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9454 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9456 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9457 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9458 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9459 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9461 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9463 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9464 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9465 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9467 \(fn)" t nil)
9469 ;;;***
9471 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9472 ;;;;;; (18787 48924))
9473 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9474 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9476 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9477 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9479 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9481 ;;;***
9483 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18808
9484 ;;;;;; 43144))
9485 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9487 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9488 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9490 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9492 \(fn)" nil nil)
9494 ;;;***
9496 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18787
9497 ;;;;;; 48924))
9498 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9500 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9501 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9505 ;;;***
9507 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9508 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (18787 48924))
9509 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9511 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9512 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9513 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9514 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9515 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9516 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9517 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9518 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9519 buffer selected (or created).
9521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9523 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9524 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9525 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9527 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9529 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9530 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9531 The result might be any Lisp object.
9532 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9533 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9534 corresponding to a successful execution.
9536 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9538 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9540 ;;;***
9542 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9543 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9544 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9545 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9546 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9547 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9548 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9549 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
9550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9552 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9553 *File name of tags table.
9554 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9555 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9556 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9557 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9559 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9560 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9561 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9562 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9564 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9566 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9567 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9568 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9569 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9570 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9571 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9573 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9575 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9576 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9577 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9578 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9579 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9580 `auto-compression-mode').")
9582 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9584 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9585 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9586 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9587 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9588 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9590 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9592 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9593 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9594 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9595 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9597 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9599 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9600 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9601 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9602 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9603 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9605 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9607 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9608 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9610 \(fn)" t nil)
9612 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9613 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9614 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9615 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9617 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9618 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9619 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9620 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9621 file the tag was in.
9623 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9625 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9626 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9627 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9628 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9629 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9630 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9631 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9632 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9633 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9635 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9637 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9638 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9639 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9640 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9641 without directory names.
9643 \(fn)" nil nil)
9645 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9646 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9647 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9648 but does not select the buffer.
9649 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9651 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9652 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9653 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9654 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9655 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9657 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9659 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9660 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9661 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9663 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9665 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9667 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9668 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9669 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9670 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9672 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9673 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9674 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9675 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9676 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9678 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9680 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9681 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9682 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9684 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9686 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9687 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9689 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9690 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9691 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9692 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9693 around or before point.
9695 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9696 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9697 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9698 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9699 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9701 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9703 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9704 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9705 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9707 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9709 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9710 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9712 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9713 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9714 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9715 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9716 around or before point.
9718 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9719 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9720 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9721 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9722 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9724 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9726 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9727 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9728 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9730 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9732 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9733 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9735 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9736 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9737 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9739 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9740 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9741 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9742 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9743 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9745 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9747 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9748 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9749 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9751 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9753 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9754 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9755 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9757 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9758 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9760 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9761 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9762 where they were found.
9764 \(fn)" t nil)
9766 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9767 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9769 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9770 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9771 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9773 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9774 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9776 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9777 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9779 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9781 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9782 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9783 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9784 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9786 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9787 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9788 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9789 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9790 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9792 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9793 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9795 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9796 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9797 Stops when a match is found.
9798 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9800 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9802 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9804 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9805 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9806 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9807 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9808 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9809 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9810 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9811 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9813 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9814 produce the list of files to search.
9816 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9818 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9820 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9821 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9822 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9823 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9824 directory specification.
9826 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9828 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9829 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9831 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9833 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9834 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9835 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9836 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9838 \(fn)" t nil)
9840 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9841 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9842 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9843 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9844 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9846 \(fn)" t nil)
9848 ;;;***
9850 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9851 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9852 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9853 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9854 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9855 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9856 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9857 ;;;;;; (18811 27444))
9858 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9860 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9861 Not documented
9863 \(fn)" nil nil)
9865 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9866 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9868 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9869 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9871 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9872 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9873 primary language.
9875 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9876 even if the buffer is read-only.
9878 See also the descriptions of the variables
9879 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9881 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9883 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9884 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9886 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9887 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9889 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9890 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9891 primary language.
9893 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9894 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9896 See also the descriptions of the variables
9897 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9899 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9901 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9902 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9903 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9904 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9906 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9908 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9909 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9910 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9911 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9913 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9914 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9915 primary language.
9917 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9918 buffer is read-only.
9920 See also the descriptions of the variables
9921 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9922 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9924 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9926 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9927 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9929 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9930 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9932 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9933 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9934 the primary language.
9936 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9937 buffer is read-only.
9939 See also the descriptions of the variables
9940 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9941 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9943 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9945 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9946 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9947 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9949 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9951 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9952 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9954 \(fn)" t nil)
9956 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9957 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9959 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9960 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9961 be 1, 2, or 3.
9963 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9964 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9965 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9967 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9969 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9971 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9972 This function is deprecated.
9974 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9976 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9977 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9979 \(fn)" t nil)
9981 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9982 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9984 \(fn)" t nil)
9986 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9987 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9989 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9990 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9992 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9993 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9995 \(fn)" nil nil)
9997 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9998 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10000 \(fn)" nil nil)
10002 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
10003 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
10005 \(fn)" nil nil)
10007 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
10008 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10010 \(fn)" nil nil)
10012 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
10013 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
10014 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
10016 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10018 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
10019 Not documented
10021 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
10023 ;;;***
10025 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10026 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10027 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
10028 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10030 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
10031 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10032 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10033 server for future sessions.
10035 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10037 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10038 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10039 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10041 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10043 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10044 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10045 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10047 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10049 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10050 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10051 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10052 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10053 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10054 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10055 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10056 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10057 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10058 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10059 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10060 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10062 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10064 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10065 Display a form to query the directory server.
10066 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10067 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10069 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10071 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10072 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10073 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10075 \(fn)" t nil)
10077 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] '(menu-item "Get Phone" eudc-get-phone :help "Get the phone field of name from the directory server")) (define-key map [email] '(menu-item "Get Email" eudc-get-email :help "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key map [expand-inline] '(menu-item "Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline :help "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point")) (define-key map [query] '(menu-item "Query with Form" eudc-query-form :help "Display a form to query the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key map [new] '(menu-item "New Server" eudc-set-server :help "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL")) (define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc :help "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client")) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10079 ;;;***
10081 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10082 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10083 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18787 48930))
10084 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10086 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10087 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10089 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10091 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10092 Display URL and make it clickable.
10094 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10096 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10097 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10099 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10101 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10102 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10104 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10106 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10107 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10109 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10111 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10112 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10114 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10116 ;;;***
10118 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10119 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18787 48930))
10120 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10122 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10123 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10124 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10126 \(fn)" t nil)
10128 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10129 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10131 \(fn)" t nil)
10133 ;;;***
10135 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10136 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
10137 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10139 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10140 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10142 \(fn)" t nil)
10144 ;;;***
10146 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18787
10147 ;;;;;; 48922))
10148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10150 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10151 Create an empty ewoc.
10153 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10155 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10156 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10157 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10158 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10159 `insert-before-markers'.
10161 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10162 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10163 respectively, of the ewoc.
10165 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10166 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10167 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10169 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10171 ;;;***
10173 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10174 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10175 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10176 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
10177 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10179 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10180 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10181 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10183 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10185 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10186 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10187 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10188 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10189 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10191 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10193 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10194 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10195 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10196 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10197 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10198 executable.
10200 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10202 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10203 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10204 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10206 \(fn)" t nil)
10208 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10209 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10210 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10211 file modes.
10213 \(fn)" nil nil)
10215 ;;;***
10217 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10218 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10219 ;;;;;; (18787 48912))
10220 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10222 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10223 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10224 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10225 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10227 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10229 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10230 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10231 to generate such functions.
10233 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10234 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10235 beginning of the expanded text.
10237 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10238 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10239 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10240 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10242 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10244 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10246 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10247 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10248 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10250 \(fn)" nil nil)
10252 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10253 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10254 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10256 \(fn)" t nil)
10258 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10259 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10260 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10262 \(fn)" t nil)
10263 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10264 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10266 ;;;***
10268 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18791 16531))
10269 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10271 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10272 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10273 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10275 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10276 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10277 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10279 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10281 Key definitions:
10282 \\{f90-mode-map}
10284 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10286 `f90-do-indent'
10287 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10288 `f90-if-indent'
10289 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10290 `f90-type-indent'
10291 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10292 `f90-program-indent'
10293 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10294 (default 2).
10295 `f90-continuation-indent'
10296 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10297 `f90-comment-region'
10298 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10299 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10300 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10301 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10302 (default \"!\").
10303 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10304 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10305 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10306 `f90-break-delimiters'
10307 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10308 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10309 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10310 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10311 (default t).
10312 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10313 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10314 `f90-smart-end'
10315 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10316 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10317 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10318 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10319 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10320 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10321 `f90-leave-line-no'
10322 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10324 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10325 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10327 \(fn)" t nil)
10329 ;;;***
10331 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10332 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10333 ;;;;;; face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base face-remap-add-relative)
10334 ;;;;;; "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (18787 48913))
10335 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10337 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10338 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10340 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
10341 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10343 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10344 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10345 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
10346 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
10347 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
10348 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
10349 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
10351 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
10352 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
10353 using `face-remap-set-base'.
10355 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10357 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10358 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
10360 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10362 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10363 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10364 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
10365 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
10366 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
10367 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
10369 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10371 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10372 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10373 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10375 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10376 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10377 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10378 will remove any scaling currently active.
10380 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10382 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10383 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10384 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10386 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10387 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10388 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10389 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10390 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10392 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10393 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10395 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10396 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10398 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10399 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10400 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10402 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10403 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10404 is one of the above.
10406 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10407 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10408 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10409 will remove any scaling currently active.
10411 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10412 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10413 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10414 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10415 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10417 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10419 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10420 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10421 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
10422 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10426 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10427 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10428 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10429 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10430 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10432 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10433 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10435 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10437 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10438 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10439 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10440 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10442 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10443 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10444 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10445 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10447 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10448 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10450 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10452 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10453 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10454 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10455 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10459 ;;;***
10461 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10462 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10463 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18577 50420))
10464 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10466 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10467 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10468 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10469 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10471 \(fn)" nil nil)
10473 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10474 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10478 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10479 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10480 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10481 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10485 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10486 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10487 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10488 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10489 backup file names and the like).
10491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10493 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10494 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10495 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10496 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10497 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10498 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10499 internally by feedmail):
10501 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10502 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10503 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10504 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10506 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10507 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10508 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10509 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10510 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10512 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10514 ;;;***
10516 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10517 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18787 48913))
10518 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10520 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10521 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10522 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10523 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10524 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10525 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10526 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10528 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10530 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10531 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10532 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10533 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10534 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10535 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10536 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10538 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10540 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10542 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10543 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10544 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10545 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10546 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10547 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10549 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10551 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10552 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10553 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10554 Return value:
10555 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10556 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10557 * otherwise, nil
10559 \(fn E)" t nil)
10561 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10562 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10564 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10566 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10567 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10569 \(fn)" t nil)
10571 ;;;***
10573 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10574 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10575 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10576 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18787 48913))
10577 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10579 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10580 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10581 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10582 be added to the cache.
10584 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10586 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10587 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10588 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10589 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10590 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10592 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10594 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10595 Add FILE to the file cache.
10597 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10599 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10600 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10601 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10603 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10605 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10606 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10607 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10609 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10611 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10612 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10613 This function does not use any external programs
10614 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10615 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10616 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10618 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10620 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10621 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10622 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10623 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10624 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10625 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10626 \(directories) is done.
10628 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10630 ;;;***
10632 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18787
10633 ;;;;;; 48913))
10634 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10636 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10637 Filesets initialization.
10638 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10640 \(fn)" nil nil)
10642 ;;;***
10644 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (18787 48913))
10645 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10647 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10648 Initiate the building of a find command. For exmple:
10650 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10651 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10652 (mtime \"+1\"))
10653 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10655 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10656 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10658 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10660 ;;;***
10662 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10663 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10664 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18787 48913))
10665 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10667 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10668 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10669 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10670 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10671 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10673 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10675 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10676 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10677 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10678 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10679 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10681 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10683 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10684 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10685 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10686 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10688 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10690 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10691 Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10692 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10693 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10695 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg "find-dired" t)
10697 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10698 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10699 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10701 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10703 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10704 as the final argument.
10706 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10708 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10709 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10710 and run dired on those files.
10711 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10712 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10714 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10716 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10718 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10719 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10720 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10722 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10724 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10726 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10728 ;;;***
10730 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10731 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10732 ;;;;;; (18787 48913))
10733 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10735 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10736 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10737 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10738 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10739 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10740 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10741 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10743 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10744 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10745 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10747 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10749 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10751 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10753 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10754 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10755 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10757 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10758 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10760 Variables of interest include:
10762 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10763 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10764 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10766 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10767 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10768 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10770 - `ff-ignore-include'
10771 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10773 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10774 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10776 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10777 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10779 - `ff-special-constructs'
10780 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10781 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10782 extracting the filename from that construct.
10784 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10785 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10787 - `ff-search-directories'
10788 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10789 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10791 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10792 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10794 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10795 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10797 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10798 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10800 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10801 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10803 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10804 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10806 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10808 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10809 Visit the file you click on.
10811 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10813 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10814 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10816 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10818 ;;;***
10820 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10821 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10822 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10823 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10824 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10825 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10826 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18834 14041))
10827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10829 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10830 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10831 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10833 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10835 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10836 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10837 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10838 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10840 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10841 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10842 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10843 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10845 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10847 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10848 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10850 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10851 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10852 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10853 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10855 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10856 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10857 in `load-path'.
10859 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10861 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10862 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10864 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10865 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10866 places point before the definition.
10867 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10869 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10870 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10871 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10873 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10875 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10876 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10878 See `find-function' for more details.
10880 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10882 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10883 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10885 See `find-function' for more details.
10887 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10889 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10890 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10892 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10893 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10894 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10896 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10897 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10899 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10901 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10902 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10904 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10905 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10906 places point before the definition.
10908 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10910 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10911 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10912 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10914 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10916 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10917 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10919 See `find-variable' for more details.
10921 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10923 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10924 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10926 See `find-variable' for more details.
10928 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10930 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10931 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10932 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10933 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10934 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10935 buffer nor display it.
10937 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10938 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10940 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10942 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10943 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10945 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10946 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10947 places point before the definition.
10949 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10951 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10952 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10953 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10955 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10957 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10958 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10959 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10961 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10963 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10964 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10966 \(fn)" t nil)
10968 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10969 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10971 \(fn)" t nil)
10973 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10974 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10976 \(fn)" nil nil)
10978 ;;;***
10980 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10981 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18787 48913))
10982 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10984 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10985 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10987 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10989 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10990 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10992 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10994 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10995 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10997 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10999 ;;;***
11001 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11002 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18868 8783))
11003 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11005 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11006 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11008 \(fn)" t nil)
11010 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11011 Display FILE's commentary section.
11012 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11014 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11016 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11017 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11019 \(fn)" t nil)
11021 ;;;***
11023 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11024 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18794 5653))
11025 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11027 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11028 Toggle flow control handling.
11029 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11030 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11032 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11034 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11035 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11036 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11037 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11038 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11039 to get the effect of a C-q.
11041 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11043 ;;;***
11045 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11046 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11049 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11050 Not documented
11052 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11054 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11055 Not documented
11057 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11059 ;;;***
11061 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11062 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18875 4272))
11063 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11065 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11066 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11067 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11068 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11072 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11073 Turn flymake mode on.
11075 \(fn)" nil nil)
11077 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11078 Turn flymake mode off.
11080 \(fn)" nil nil)
11082 ;;;***
11084 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11085 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11086 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18919 31473))
11087 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11089 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11090 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11092 \(fn)" t nil)
11093 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11095 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11096 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11097 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11098 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11099 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11100 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11101 otherwise turn it off.
11103 Bindings:
11104 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11105 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11106 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11107 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11109 Hooks:
11110 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11112 Remark:
11113 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11114 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11115 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11117 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11118 consider adding:
11119 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11120 in your .emacs file.
11122 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11123 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11127 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11128 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11130 \(fn)" nil nil)
11132 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11133 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11135 \(fn)" nil nil)
11137 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11138 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11140 \(fn)" nil nil)
11142 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11143 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11145 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11147 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11148 Flyspell whole buffer.
11150 \(fn)" t nil)
11152 ;;;***
11154 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11155 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11156 ;;;;;; (18787 48913))
11157 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11159 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11160 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11162 \(fn)" nil nil)
11164 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11165 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11167 \(fn)" nil nil)
11169 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11170 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11172 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11173 of two major techniques:
11175 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11176 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11177 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11179 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11180 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11181 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11182 movement commands.
11184 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11185 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11186 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11187 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11188 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11189 mileage may vary).
11191 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11192 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11194 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11196 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11197 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11198 \(This is the default.)
11200 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11202 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11203 \\{follow-mode-map}
11205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11207 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11208 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11210 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11211 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11212 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11213 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11214 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11215 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11217 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11218 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11219 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11221 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11222 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11223 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11227 ;;;***
11229 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18787
11230 ;;;;;; 48929))
11231 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11233 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11234 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11235 \\<message-mode-map>
11236 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
11237 started, play around with the following keys:
11238 key binding
11239 --- -------
11240 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11241 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11242 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11243 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11244 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11245 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11246 \\[Footnote-set-style] Footnote-set-style
11248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11250 ;;;***
11252 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11253 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18787 48913))
11254 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11256 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11257 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11259 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11260 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11261 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11262 C-c < forms-first-record <
11263 C-c > forms-last-record >
11264 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11265 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11266 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11267 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11268 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11269 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11270 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11271 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11272 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11273 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11275 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11277 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11278 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11280 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11282 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11283 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11285 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11287 ;;;***
11289 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11290 ;;;;;; (18791 16531))
11291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11293 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11294 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11295 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11297 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11298 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11300 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11302 Key definitions:
11303 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11305 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11307 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11308 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11309 `fortran-do-indent'
11310 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11311 `fortran-if-indent'
11312 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11313 `fortran-structure-indent'
11314 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11315 (default 3)
11316 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11317 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11318 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11319 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11320 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11321 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11322 nil don't change the indentation
11323 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11324 value of either
11325 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11326 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11327 depending on the continuation format in use.
11328 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11329 indentation for a line of code.
11330 (default 'fixed)
11331 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11332 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11333 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11334 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11335 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11336 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11337 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11338 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11339 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11340 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11341 column 5.
11342 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11343 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11344 statements (default nil).
11345 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11346 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11347 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11348 `fortran-continuation-string'
11349 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11350 line (default \"$\").
11351 `fortran-comment-region'
11352 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11353 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11354 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11355 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11356 as typed (default t).
11357 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11358 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11360 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11361 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11363 \(fn)" t nil)
11365 ;;;***
11367 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11368 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18787 48933))
11369 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11371 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11372 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11374 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11375 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11377 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11379 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11380 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11382 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11383 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11385 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11387 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11388 Compile fortune file.
11390 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11391 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11393 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11395 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11396 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11398 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11399 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11400 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11401 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11403 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11405 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11406 Display a fortune cookie.
11408 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11409 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11410 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11411 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11413 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11415 ;;;***
11417 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11418 ;;;;;; (18935 28927))
11419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11421 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11422 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11423 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11424 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11426 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11427 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11428 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11429 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11431 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11432 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11433 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11434 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11435 some of the buffers.
11437 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11439 The following commands help control operation :
11441 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11442 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11444 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11445 detailed description of this mode.
11447 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11448 | GDB Toolbar |
11449 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11450 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11451 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11452 | | |
11453 | Source buffer | I/O buffer for debugged program |
11454 | | |
11455 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11456 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints/threads buffer |
11457 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11459 The option \"--annotate=3\" must be included in this value. To
11460 run GDB in text command mode, use `gud-gdb'. You need to use
11461 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11462 session.
11464 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11466 (defalias 'gdba 'gdb)
11468 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11469 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11471 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11473 ;;;***
11475 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11476 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18787
11477 ;;;;;; 48922))
11478 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11480 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11481 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11482 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11483 instead (which see).")
11485 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11486 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11488 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11489 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11490 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11491 documentation string instead.
11493 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11494 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11495 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11496 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11497 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11498 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11499 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11500 enders are actually possible.
11502 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11503 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11505 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11506 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11507 `font-lock-keywords'.
11509 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11510 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11511 runs the macro expansion.
11513 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11514 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11515 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11517 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11519 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11521 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11522 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11524 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11526 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11527 Enter generic mode MODE.
11529 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11530 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11531 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11533 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11534 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11536 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11538 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11539 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11540 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11541 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11542 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11543 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11544 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11545 `font-lock-keywords'.
11547 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11549 ;;;***
11551 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11552 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
11553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11555 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11556 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11557 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11558 at places they belong to.
11560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11562 ;;;***
11564 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11565 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11566 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11567 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11569 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11570 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11571 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11573 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11575 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11576 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11578 Guideline for numbers:
11579 1 - error messages
11580 3 - non-serious error messages
11581 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11582 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11583 9 - messages inside loops.
11585 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11587 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11588 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11589 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11591 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11593 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11594 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11596 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11598 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11599 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11601 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11602 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11603 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11604 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11605 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11606 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11608 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11609 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11610 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11611 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11612 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11614 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11616 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11618 ;;;***
11620 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11621 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18838 52324))
11622 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11623 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11624 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11626 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11627 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11631 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11632 Read network news.
11633 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11634 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11635 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11636 name of an NNTP server to use.
11637 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11638 server.
11640 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11642 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11643 Read news as a slave.
11645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11647 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11648 Pop up a frame to read news.
11649 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11650 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11651 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11652 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11653 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11654 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11655 current display is used.
11657 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11659 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11660 Read network news.
11661 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11662 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11663 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11665 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11667 ;;;***
11669 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11670 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11671 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11672 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11673 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11674 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18787 48925))
11675 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11677 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11678 Start Gnus unplugged.
11680 \(fn)" t nil)
11682 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11683 Start Gnus plugged.
11685 \(fn)" t nil)
11687 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11688 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11692 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11693 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11695 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11696 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11697 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11699 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11700 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11701 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11703 \(fn)" t nil)
11705 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11706 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11708 \(fn)" nil nil)
11710 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11711 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11712 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11713 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11714 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11715 supported.
11717 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11719 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11720 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11721 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11722 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11723 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11724 supported.
11726 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11728 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11729 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11731 \(fn)" nil nil)
11733 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11734 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11735 downloaded into the agent.
11737 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11739 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11740 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11741 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11742 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11744 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11746 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11747 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11749 \(fn)" t nil)
11751 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11752 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11754 \(fn)" t nil)
11756 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11757 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11758 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11760 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11762 ;;;***
11764 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11765 ;;;;;; (18841 61157))
11766 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11768 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11769 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11771 \(fn)" nil nil)
11773 ;;;***
11775 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11776 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11779 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11780 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11782 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11784 ;;;***
11786 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11787 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18787 48925))
11788 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11790 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11791 Set a bookmark for this article.
11793 \(fn)" t nil)
11795 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11796 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11798 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11800 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11801 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11802 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11803 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11804 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11806 \(fn)" t nil)
11808 ;;;***
11810 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11811 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11812 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18787
11813 ;;;;;; 48925))
11814 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11816 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11817 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11819 Usage:
11820 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11822 \(fn)" t nil)
11824 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11825 Generate the cache active file.
11827 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11829 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11830 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11832 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11834 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11835 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11836 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11837 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11838 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11839 supported.
11841 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11843 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11844 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11845 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11846 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11847 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11848 supported.
11850 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11852 ;;;***
11854 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11855 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18787 48925))
11856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11858 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11859 Delay this article by some time.
11860 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11862 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11863 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11865 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11866 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11868 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11869 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11871 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11873 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11874 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11876 \(fn)" t nil)
11878 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11879 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11880 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11881 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11883 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11884 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11886 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11888 ;;;***
11890 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11891 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18787 48925))
11892 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11894 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11895 Not documented
11897 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11899 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11900 Not documented
11902 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11904 ;;;***
11906 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11907 ;;;;;; (18853 19461))
11908 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11910 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11911 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11913 \(fn)" t nil)
11915 ;;;***
11917 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11918 ;;;;;; (18862 237))
11919 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11921 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11922 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11924 \(fn)" t nil)
11926 ;;;***
11928 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11929 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11930 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18787
11931 ;;;;;; 48925))
11932 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11934 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11935 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11937 \(fn)" t nil)
11939 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11940 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11942 \(fn)" t nil)
11944 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11945 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11947 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11948 different input formats.
11950 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11952 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11953 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11955 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11956 different input formats.
11958 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11960 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11961 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11962 The PNG is returned as a string.
11964 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11966 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11967 Convert FILE to a Face.
11968 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11969 726 bytes.
11971 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11973 ;;;***
11975 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11976 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18787 48925))
11977 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11979 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11980 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11981 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11982 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11984 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11986 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11987 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11989 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11991 ;;;***
11993 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11994 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
11995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11997 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11999 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12000 Run batched scoring.
12001 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12003 \(fn)" t nil)
12005 ;;;***
12007 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12008 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12009 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12010 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12012 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12013 Not documented
12015 \(fn)" nil nil)
12017 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12018 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12019 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12021 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12023 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12024 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12026 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12030 ;;;***
12032 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12033 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12034 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12037 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12038 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12039 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12040 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12041 group parameters.
12043 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12044 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12045 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12046 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12048 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12049 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12050 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12051 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12052 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12053 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12054 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12055 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12056 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12057 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12059 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12061 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12062 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12063 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12064 nil CATCH-ALL).
12066 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12067 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12069 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12071 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12072 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12073 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12075 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12077 \(fn)" nil nil)
12079 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12080 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12081 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12083 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12085 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12086 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12087 existing groups are considered.
12089 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12090 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12091 returned.
12093 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12094 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12095 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12096 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12097 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12098 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12099 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12100 clauses will be generated.
12102 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12103 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12104 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12105 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12106 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12107 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12109 For example, given the following group parameters:
12111 nnml:mail.bar:
12112 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12113 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12114 nnml:mail.foo:
12115 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12116 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12117 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12118 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12119 nnml:mail.others:
12120 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12122 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12124 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12125 \"mail.bar\")
12126 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12127 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12128 \"mail.others\")
12130 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12132 ;;;***
12134 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12135 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12136 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12138 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12139 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12140 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12142 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12144 ;;;***
12146 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12147 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18791 16520))
12148 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12150 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12151 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12152 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12153 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12155 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12157 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12158 Mail to ADDRESS.
12160 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12162 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12163 Like `message-reply'.
12165 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12167 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12169 ;;;***
12171 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12172 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18850 57238))
12173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12175 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12176 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12178 \(fn)" t nil)
12180 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12181 Load the NoCeM cache.
12183 \(fn)" t nil)
12185 ;;;***
12187 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12188 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12189 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12192 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12193 Display picons in the From header.
12194 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12196 \(fn)" t nil)
12198 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12199 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12200 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12202 \(fn)" t nil)
12204 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12205 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12206 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12208 \(fn)" t nil)
12210 ;;;***
12212 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12213 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12214 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12215 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12216 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18787 48925))
12217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12219 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12220 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12221 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12222 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12224 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12226 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12227 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12228 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12229 LIST1 is modified.
12231 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12233 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12234 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12235 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12237 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12239 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12240 Not documented
12242 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12244 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12245 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12246 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12248 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12250 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12251 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12252 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12254 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12256 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12258 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12259 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12260 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12262 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12264 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12265 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12266 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12268 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12270 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12271 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12272 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12274 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12276 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12277 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12279 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12281 ;;;***
12283 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12284 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18787 48925))
12285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12287 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12288 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12290 \(fn)" t nil)
12292 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12293 Install the registry hooks.
12295 \(fn)" t nil)
12297 ;;;***
12299 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12300 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18787
12301 ;;;;;; 48925))
12302 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12304 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12305 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12306 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12307 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12308 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12309 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12311 \(fn)" t nil)
12313 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12314 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12315 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12316 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12317 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12319 \(fn)" t nil)
12321 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12322 Not documented
12324 \(fn)" t nil)
12326 ;;;***
12328 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12329 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12332 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12333 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12334 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12335 for matching on group names.
12337 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12338 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12340 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12342 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12344 \(fn)" t nil)
12346 ;;;***
12348 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12349 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12352 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12353 Update the format specification near point.
12355 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12357 ;;;***
12359 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12360 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18791
12361 ;;;;;; 16521))
12362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12364 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12365 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12367 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12369 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12370 Not documented
12372 \(fn)" nil nil)
12374 ;;;***
12376 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12377 ;;;;;; (18787 48925))
12378 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12380 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12381 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12383 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12385 ;;;***
12387 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18787 48933))
12388 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12390 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12391 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12393 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12394 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12395 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12397 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12398 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12399 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12401 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12402 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12404 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12405 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12407 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12409 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12411 ;;;***
12413 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12414 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (18799
12415 ;;;;;; 16232))
12416 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12418 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12420 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12421 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12422 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12423 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12424 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12426 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12428 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12429 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12430 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12431 or to send e-mail.
12432 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12433 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12435 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12436 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12438 \(fn)" t nil)
12439 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12441 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12442 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12446 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12447 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
12449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12451 ;;;***
12453 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12454 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12455 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18858 55376))
12456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12458 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12459 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12461 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12463 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12464 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12465 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12466 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12467 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12469 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12470 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12472 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
12474 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12475 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12476 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12477 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12479 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
12481 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12482 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12484 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12486 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12487 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12489 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12490 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12491 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12493 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12494 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12495 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12497 (defvar xargs-program "xargs" "\
12498 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12499 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12500 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12502 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12503 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12504 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12505 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12506 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12508 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12510 (defvar grep-history nil)
12512 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12514 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12515 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12516 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12518 \(fn)" nil nil)
12520 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12521 Not documented
12523 \(fn)" nil nil)
12525 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12526 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12528 \(fn)" nil nil)
12530 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12531 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12532 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12533 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12534 found matches.
12536 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12537 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12539 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12540 can easily repeat a grep command.
12542 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12543 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12544 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12545 list is empty).
12547 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12549 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12550 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12551 Collect output in a buffer.
12552 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12553 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12555 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12556 easily repeat a find command.
12558 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12560 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12562 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12563 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12564 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12565 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12566 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12568 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12569 before it is executed.
12570 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12572 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12573 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12574 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12576 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12578 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12580 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12581 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12582 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12583 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12584 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12586 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12587 before it is executed.
12588 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12590 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12591 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12592 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12594 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12596 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12598 ;;;***
12600 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18792 40816))
12601 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12603 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12604 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12605 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12606 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12607 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12609 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12611 ;;;***
12613 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12614 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18787 48934))
12615 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12617 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12618 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12619 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12620 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12622 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12624 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12625 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12626 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12627 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12629 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12631 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12632 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12633 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12634 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12636 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12638 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12639 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12640 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12641 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12643 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12644 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12646 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12648 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12649 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12650 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12651 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12653 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12655 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12656 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12657 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12658 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12660 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12662 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12663 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12664 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12665 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12666 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12668 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12669 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12670 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12671 original source file access method.
12673 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12674 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12676 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12677 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12679 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12681 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12682 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12684 \(fn)" t nil)
12686 ;;;***
12688 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18787
12689 ;;;;;; 48933))
12690 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12692 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12693 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12694 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12695 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12697 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12698 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12699 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12700 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12702 \(fn)" t nil)
12704 ;;;***
12706 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12707 ;;;;;; (18430 59248))
12708 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12710 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12711 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12713 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12715 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12716 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12717 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12718 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12720 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12722 \(fn)" t nil)
12724 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12725 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12726 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12727 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12728 to be updated.
12730 \(fn)" t nil)
12732 ;;;***
12734 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12735 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12736 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (18787 48929))
12737 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12739 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12740 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12742 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12744 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12745 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12746 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12748 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12750 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12751 Verify a hashcash payment
12753 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12755 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12756 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12757 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12758 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12759 `mail-add-payment-async').
12761 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12763 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12764 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12765 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12766 Calculation is asynchronous.
12768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12770 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12771 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12772 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12776 ;;;***
12778 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12779 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12780 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12781 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18918 21794))
12782 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12784 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12785 Return the help-echo string at point.
12786 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12787 property, or nil, is returned.
12788 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12789 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12790 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12792 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12794 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12795 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12796 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12797 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12798 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12800 \(fn)" nil nil)
12802 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12803 Display local help in the echo area.
12804 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12805 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12806 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12807 printed instead.
12809 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12810 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12811 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12815 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12816 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12817 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12819 \(fn)" t nil)
12821 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12822 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12823 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12825 \(fn)" t nil)
12827 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12828 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12829 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12830 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12831 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12832 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12833 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12834 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12835 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12836 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12837 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12839 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12840 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12841 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12842 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12843 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12845 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12846 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12847 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12848 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12849 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12850 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12851 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12852 The default is `never'.")
12854 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12856 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12857 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12858 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12859 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12860 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12861 considered different regions.
12863 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12864 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12865 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12866 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12867 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12868 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12869 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12870 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12871 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12873 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12875 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12876 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12877 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12878 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12879 different regions.
12881 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12882 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12883 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12884 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12885 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12886 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12887 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12888 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12890 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12891 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12892 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12893 rarely happens in practice.
12895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12897 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12898 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12899 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12900 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12901 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12902 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12906 ;;;***
12908 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12909 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 find-lisp-object-file-name
12910 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12911 ;;;;;; (18856 725))
12912 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12914 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12915 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12917 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12919 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12920 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12921 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12923 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12925 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12926 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12927 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12928 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12929 If TYPE is `variable', search for a variable definition.
12930 If TYPE is `face', search for a face definition.
12931 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12932 search for a function definition.
12934 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12935 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12936 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12937 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12938 suitable file is found, return nil.
12940 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12942 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12943 Not documented
12945 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12947 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12948 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12949 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12950 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12952 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12954 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12955 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12956 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12957 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12958 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12959 it is displayed along with the global value.
12961 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12963 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12964 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12965 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12966 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12968 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12970 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12971 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12972 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12973 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12974 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12976 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12978 ;;;***
12980 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12981 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
12982 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12984 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12985 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12986 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12987 window listing and describing the options.
12988 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12989 gives the window that lists the options.")
12991 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12993 ;;;***
12995 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12996 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12997 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18896
12998 ;;;;;; 7433))
12999 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13001 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13002 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13003 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13004 Commands:
13005 \\{help-mode-map}
13007 \(fn)" t nil)
13009 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13010 Not documented
13012 \(fn)" nil nil)
13014 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13015 Not documented
13017 \(fn)" nil nil)
13019 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13020 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13022 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13023 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13024 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13025 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13027 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13028 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13029 restore it properly when going back.
13031 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13033 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13034 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13035 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13036 current buffer.
13037 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
13038 exists, it is created.
13040 \(fn)" nil nil)
13042 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13043 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13045 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13046 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13047 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13048 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13049 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13050 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13051 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13052 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13054 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13055 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13056 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13057 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13059 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13060 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13061 that.
13063 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13065 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13066 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13067 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13068 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13069 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13070 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13072 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13074 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13075 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13076 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13077 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13078 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13080 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13082 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13083 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13085 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13087 ;;;***
13089 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13090 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18787 48922))
13091 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13093 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13094 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13096 \(fn)" t nil)
13098 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13099 Provide help for current mode.
13101 \(fn)" t nil)
13103 ;;;***
13105 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13106 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18791 16509))
13107 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13109 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13110 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13111 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13112 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13113 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13115 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13116 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13118 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13119 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13120 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13121 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13123 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13124 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13125 periods.
13127 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13128 in hexl format.
13130 A sample format:
13132 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13133 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13134 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13135 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13136 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13137 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13138 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13139 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13140 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13141 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13142 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13143 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13144 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13145 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13146 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13148 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13149 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13150 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13152 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13153 also supported.
13155 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13157 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13158 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13159 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13161 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13162 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13163 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13165 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13166 into the buffer at the current point.
13168 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13169 into the buffer at the current point.
13171 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13172 into the buffer at the current point.
13174 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13176 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13177 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13179 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13181 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13185 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13186 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13187 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13188 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13190 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13192 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13193 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13194 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13196 \(fn)" t nil)
13198 ;;;***
13200 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13201 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13202 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13203 ;;;;;; (18927 50551))
13204 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13206 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13207 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13209 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13210 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13211 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13212 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13213 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13214 called interactively, are:
13216 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13217 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13219 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13220 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13221 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13222 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13224 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13225 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13227 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13228 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13230 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13231 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13232 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13233 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13234 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13235 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13236 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13237 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13238 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13239 function returns t.
13241 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13242 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13244 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13245 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13246 form:
13247 Hi-lock: FOO
13248 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13249 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13250 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13251 Patterns will be read until
13252 Hi-lock: end
13253 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13257 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13258 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13259 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13260 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13261 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13262 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13264 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13266 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13267 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13268 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13269 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13270 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13274 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13276 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13277 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13279 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13280 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13281 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13282 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13283 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13285 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13287 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13289 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13290 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13292 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13293 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13294 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13295 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13296 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13298 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13300 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13302 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13303 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13305 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13306 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13308 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13310 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13312 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13313 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13315 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13316 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13317 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13318 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13319 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13321 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13323 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13324 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13326 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13327 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13328 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13330 \(fn)" t nil)
13332 ;;;***
13334 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13335 ;;;;;; (18794 5654))
13336 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13338 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13339 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13340 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13341 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13342 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13343 how the hiding is done:
13345 `hide-ifdef-env'
13346 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13347 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13348 is used.
13350 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13351 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13352 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13353 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13354 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13356 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13357 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13358 #endif lines when hiding.
13360 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13361 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13362 is activated.
13364 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13365 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13366 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13368 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13372 ;;;***
13374 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13375 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
13376 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13378 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13379 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13380 Each element has the form
13381 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13383 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13384 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13386 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13387 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13389 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13390 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13391 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13392 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13393 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13394 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13396 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13397 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13399 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13400 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13402 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13403 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13404 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13406 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13407 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13408 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13409 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13410 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13412 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13413 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13414 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13416 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13417 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13419 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13421 Key bindings:
13422 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13426 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13427 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13429 \(fn)" nil nil)
13431 ;;;***
13433 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13434 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13435 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13436 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13437 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18787
13438 ;;;;;; 48914))
13439 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13441 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13442 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
13444 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
13446 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
13447 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
13448 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
13449 on and off.
13451 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13452 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13453 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13454 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13455 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13456 through various faces.
13457 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13458 buffer with the contents of a file
13459 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13463 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13464 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
13466 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
13467 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
13468 in a distinctive face.
13470 The default value can be customized with variable
13471 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
13473 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13477 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13478 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13479 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13481 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13483 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13484 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13486 \(fn)" t nil)
13488 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13489 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13491 \(fn)" t nil)
13493 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13494 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13496 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13497 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13498 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13499 shown in the last face in the list.
13501 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13502 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13503 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13505 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13507 \(fn)" t nil)
13509 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13510 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13512 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13514 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13515 to save the file.
13517 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13518 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13520 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13521 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13522 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13524 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13526 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13527 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13529 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13530 this function is called interactively.
13532 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13533 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13534 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13536 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13537 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13538 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13540 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13542 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13543 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13544 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13545 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13546 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13547 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13549 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13551 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13552 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13553 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13554 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13555 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13559 ;;;***
13561 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13562 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13563 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13564 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13565 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18787 48914))
13566 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13568 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13569 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13570 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13571 or insert functions in this list.")
13573 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13575 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13576 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13578 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13580 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13581 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13583 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13585 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13586 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13588 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13590 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13591 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13593 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13595 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13596 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13597 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13599 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13601 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13602 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13603 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13604 \(as atoms)")
13606 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13608 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13609 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13610 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13611 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13612 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13614 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13616 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13617 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13618 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13619 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13620 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13621 expansions.
13622 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13623 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13624 undoes the expansion.
13626 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13628 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13629 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13630 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13631 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13633 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13635 ;;;***
13637 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13638 ;;;;;; (18787 48914))
13639 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13641 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13642 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13643 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13645 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13646 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13647 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13648 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13649 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13651 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13652 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13653 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13654 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13658 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13659 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13660 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13661 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13662 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13663 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13665 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13667 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13668 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13669 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13671 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13672 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13676 ;;;***
13678 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13679 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13680 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13681 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13682 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (18901 14441))
13683 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13685 (defvar holiday-general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
13686 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13687 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13689 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13691 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13693 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13695 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice)))) "\
13696 Oriental holidays.
13697 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13699 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13701 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13703 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13705 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13706 Local holidays.
13707 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13709 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13711 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13713 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13715 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13716 User defined holidays.
13717 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13719 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13721 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13723 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13725 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))) "\
13726 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13728 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13730 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))) "\
13731 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13733 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13735 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah"))) "\
13736 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13738 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13740 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av))) "\
13741 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13743 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13745 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc)))) "\
13746 Jewish holidays.
13747 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13749 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13751 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13753 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13755 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")))) "\
13756 Christian holidays.
13757 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13759 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13761 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13763 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13765 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
13766 Islamic holidays.
13767 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13769 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13771 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13773 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13775 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
13776 Baha'i holidays.
13777 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13779 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13781 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13783 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13785 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name)))) "\
13786 Sun-related holidays.
13787 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13789 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13791 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13793 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13795 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13797 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13798 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13799 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13800 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13804 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13805 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13806 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13807 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13808 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13810 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13811 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13813 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13814 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13816 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13817 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13818 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13819 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13820 of a holiday list.
13822 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13824 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13826 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13828 ;;;***
13830 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18787
13831 ;;;;;; 48925))
13832 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13834 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13835 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13837 \(fn)" t nil)
13839 ;;;***
13841 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13842 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13843 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13844 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13845 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13846 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13847 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13848 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13849 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13850 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13851 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13852 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13853 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13854 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13855 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13856 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13857 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13858 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13859 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13860 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13861 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13862 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13863 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18875 4271))
13864 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13866 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13867 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13868 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13872 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13873 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13875 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13877 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13878 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13880 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13882 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13883 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13885 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13887 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13888 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13890 \(fn)" t nil)
13892 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13893 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13895 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13897 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13898 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13900 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13901 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13902 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13903 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13904 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13905 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13906 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13907 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13908 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-isearch "ibuf-ext")
13909 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-isearch-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13910 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13911 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13912 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13913 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13915 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
13916 Not documented
13918 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13920 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13921 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13923 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13925 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13926 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13928 \(fn)" t nil)
13930 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13931 Remove the first filter group.
13933 \(fn)" t nil)
13935 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13936 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13938 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13940 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13941 Remove all filter groups.
13943 \(fn)" t nil)
13945 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13946 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13948 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13950 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13951 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13952 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13954 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13956 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
13957 Kill the filter group at point.
13958 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13960 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13962 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
13963 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13965 \(fn)" t nil)
13967 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13968 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13970 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13972 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13973 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13974 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13975 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13977 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13979 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13980 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13981 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13983 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13985 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
13986 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13987 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
13989 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13991 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
13992 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13994 \(fn)" t nil)
13996 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
13997 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13999 \(fn)" t nil)
14001 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14002 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14004 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14005 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14006 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14008 \(fn)" t nil)
14010 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14011 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14013 \(fn)" t nil)
14015 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14016 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14018 \(fn)" t nil)
14020 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14021 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14022 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14023 filter into parts.
14025 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14027 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14028 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14029 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14031 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14033 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14034 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14036 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14038 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14039 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14041 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14043 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14044 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14046 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14047 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14048 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14049 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14050 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14051 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14052 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14053 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14054 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14056 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14057 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14058 Default sorting modes are:
14059 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14060 Name - the name of the buffer
14061 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14062 Size - the size of the buffer
14064 \(fn)" t nil)
14066 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
14067 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14069 \(fn)" t nil)
14070 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14071 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14072 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14073 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14074 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-filename/process "ibuf-ext")
14076 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14077 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14079 \(fn)" t nil)
14081 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
14082 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14083 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14084 for this Ibuffer session.
14086 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14088 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14089 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14090 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14091 for this Ibuffer session.
14093 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14095 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14096 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14098 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14099 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14101 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14102 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14104 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14106 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14107 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14109 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14110 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14112 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14114 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14115 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14117 \(fn)" t nil)
14119 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14120 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14122 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14123 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14124 hidden group filter, open it.
14126 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14127 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14128 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14130 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14132 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14133 View the differences between marked buffers and their associated files.
14134 If no buffers are marked, use buffer at point.
14135 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14137 \(fn)" t nil)
14139 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14140 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14142 The names are separated by a space.
14143 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14145 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14146 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14147 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14148 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14150 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14154 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14155 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14157 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14159 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14160 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14162 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14164 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14165 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14167 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14169 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14170 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14172 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14174 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14175 Mark all modified buffers.
14177 \(fn)" t nil)
14179 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14180 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14182 \(fn)" t nil)
14184 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14185 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14187 \(fn)" t nil)
14189 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14190 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14192 \(fn)" t nil)
14194 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14195 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14197 \(fn)" t nil)
14199 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14200 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14202 \(fn)" t nil)
14204 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14205 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14207 \(fn)" t nil)
14209 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14210 Mark all read-only buffers.
14212 \(fn)" t nil)
14214 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14215 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14217 \(fn)" t nil)
14219 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14220 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14221 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14222 defaults to one.
14224 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14226 ;;;***
14228 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14229 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18787
14230 ;;;;;; 48914))
14231 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14233 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14234 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14236 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14237 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14238 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14240 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14241 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14242 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14243 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14244 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14245 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14247 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14248 title of the column.
14250 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14251 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14252 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14253 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14254 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14256 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14258 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14259 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14260 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14261 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14262 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14264 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14265 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14266 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14268 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14270 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14271 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14272 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14273 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14274 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14275 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14277 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14278 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14279 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14280 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14281 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14282 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14283 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14284 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14285 values are:
14286 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14287 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14288 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14289 buffer's modification flag.
14290 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14291 prompted before performing this operation.
14292 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14293 operation is complete, in the form:
14294 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14295 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14296 confirmation message, in the form:
14297 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14298 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14299 macro for exactly what it does.
14301 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14303 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14304 Define a filter named NAME.
14305 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14306 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14307 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14309 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14310 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14311 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14312 bound to the current value of the filter.
14314 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14316 ;;;***
14318 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14319 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18853 58440))
14320 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14322 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14323 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14324 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14325 buffers which are visiting a file.
14327 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14329 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14330 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14331 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14332 buffers which are visiting a file.
14334 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14336 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14337 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14338 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14340 All arguments are optional.
14341 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14342 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14343 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14344 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14345 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14346 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14347 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14348 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14349 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14350 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14351 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14352 that value locally in this buffer.
14354 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14356 ;;;***
14358 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14359 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14360 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18813 56068))
14361 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14363 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14364 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14365 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14366 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14368 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14370 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14371 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14372 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14373 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14374 ICAL-FILENAME.
14375 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14376 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14377 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14379 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14381 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14382 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14383 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14384 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14385 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14386 non-marking or not.
14388 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14390 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14391 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14393 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14394 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14395 DIARY-FILE.
14397 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14398 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14399 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14401 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14402 non-marking.
14404 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14405 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14406 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14408 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14410 ;;;***
14412 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18787
14413 ;;;;;; 48914))
14414 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14416 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14417 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14418 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14419 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14420 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14421 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14423 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14425 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14426 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14427 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14428 otherwise turn it off.
14430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14432 ;;;***
14434 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18791 16531))
14435 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14437 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14438 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14439 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14440 Tab indents for Icon code.
14441 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14442 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14443 \\{icon-mode-map}
14444 Variables controlling indentation style:
14445 icon-tab-always-indent
14446 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14447 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14448 icon-auto-newline
14449 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14450 inserted in Icon code.
14451 icon-indent-level
14452 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14453 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14454 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14455 icon-continued-statement-offset
14456 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14457 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14458 icon-continued-brace-offset
14459 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14460 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14461 icon-brace-offset
14462 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14463 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14464 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14465 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14467 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14468 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14470 \(fn)" t nil)
14472 ;;;***
14474 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14475 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
14476 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14478 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14479 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14480 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14481 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14483 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14484 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14485 separate frames.
14487 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14488 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14490 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14491 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14492 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14494 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14496 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14498 ;;;***
14500 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14501 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
14502 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14504 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14505 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14507 The main features of this mode are
14509 1. Indentation and Formatting
14510 --------------------------
14511 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14512 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14514 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14515 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14516 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14517 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14519 Comments are indented as follows:
14521 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14522 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14523 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14525 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14527 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14528 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14529 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14530 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14531 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14532 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14534 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14535 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14536 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14537 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14539 2. Routine Info
14540 ------------
14541 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14542 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14543 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14544 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14545 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14546 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14547 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14548 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14549 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14550 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14552 3. Online IDL Help
14553 ---------------
14555 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14556 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14557 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14558 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14560 4. Completion
14561 ----------
14562 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14563 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14564 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14565 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14566 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14567 upper case.
14569 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14570 --------------------------------
14571 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14572 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14574 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14575 \\fu FUNCTION template
14576 \\c CASE statement template
14577 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14578 \\f FOR loop template
14579 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14580 \\w WHILE loop template
14581 \\i IF statement template
14582 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14583 \\b BEGIN
14585 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14586 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14588 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14589 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14590 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14591 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14593 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14594 -------------------------
14595 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14596 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14598 7. Automatic END completion
14599 ------------------------
14600 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14601 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14603 8. Hooks
14604 -----
14605 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14606 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14608 9. Documentation and Customization
14609 -------------------------------
14610 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14611 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14612 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14613 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14614 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14616 10.Keybindings
14617 -----------
14618 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14619 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14620 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14622 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14624 \(fn)" t nil)
14626 ;;;***
14628 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14629 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14630 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14631 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14632 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14633 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14634 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14635 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18787
14636 ;;;;;; 48914))
14637 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14639 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14640 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14641 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14642 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14643 displaying...)
14644 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14645 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14646 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14648 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14649 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14651 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14653 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14654 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14655 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14656 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14657 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14658 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14659 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14660 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14661 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14665 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14666 Switch to another buffer.
14667 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14668 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14669 in another frame.
14671 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14672 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14673 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14674 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14675 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14677 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14678 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14680 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14681 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14683 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14684 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14685 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14686 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14687 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14688 in a separate window.
14689 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14690 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14691 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14692 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14693 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14694 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14695 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14696 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14697 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14699 \(fn)" t nil)
14701 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14702 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14703 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14704 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14706 \(fn)" t nil)
14708 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14709 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14710 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14711 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14713 \(fn)" t nil)
14715 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14716 Kill a buffer.
14717 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14718 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14720 \(fn)" t nil)
14722 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14723 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14724 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14725 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14727 \(fn)" t nil)
14729 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14730 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14731 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14732 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14734 \(fn)" t nil)
14736 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14737 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14739 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14741 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14742 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14743 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14744 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14745 visible in another frame.
14747 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14748 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14749 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14750 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14751 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14752 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14754 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14755 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14757 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14758 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14760 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14761 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14762 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14763 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14764 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14765 in a separate window.
14766 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14767 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14768 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14769 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14770 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14771 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14772 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14773 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14774 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14775 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14776 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14777 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14778 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14779 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14780 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14782 \(fn)" t nil)
14784 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14785 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14786 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14787 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14789 \(fn)" t nil)
14791 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14792 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14793 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14794 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14796 \(fn)" t nil)
14798 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14799 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14800 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14801 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14803 \(fn)" t nil)
14805 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14806 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14807 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14808 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14810 \(fn)" t nil)
14812 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14813 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14814 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14815 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14817 \(fn)" t nil)
14819 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14820 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14821 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14822 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14824 \(fn)" t nil)
14826 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14827 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14828 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14829 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14831 \(fn)" t nil)
14833 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14834 Write current buffer to a file.
14835 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14836 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14838 \(fn)" t nil)
14840 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14841 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14842 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14843 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14845 \(fn)" t nil)
14847 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14848 Call `dired' the ido way.
14849 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14850 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14852 \(fn)" t nil)
14854 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14855 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14856 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14857 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14858 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14859 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14861 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14863 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14864 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14865 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14866 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14868 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14870 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14871 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14872 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14873 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14875 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14877 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14878 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14879 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14880 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14881 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14882 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14883 with `completing-read'.
14884 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14885 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14886 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14887 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14888 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14889 with point positioned at the end.
14890 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14891 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14893 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14895 ;;;***
14897 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18787 48915))
14898 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14899 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14901 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14902 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14903 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14905 \(fn)" t nil)
14907 ;;;***
14909 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14910 ;;;;;; (18787 48915))
14911 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14913 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14914 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14916 \(fn)" t nil)
14918 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14919 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14923 ;;;***
14925 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14926 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14927 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14928 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14929 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18852 12908))
14930 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14932 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14933 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14934 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14935 be determined.
14937 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14939 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14940 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14941 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14942 be determined.
14944 \(fn)" nil nil)
14946 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14947 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14948 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14949 be determined.
14951 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14953 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14954 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14955 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14956 be determined.
14958 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14960 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14961 Determine and return image type.
14962 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14963 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14964 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14965 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14966 use its file extension as image type.
14967 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14969 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14971 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14972 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14973 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14975 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14977 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14978 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14979 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14981 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14982 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14983 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14984 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14985 must be available.
14987 \(fn)" nil nil)
14989 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14990 Create an image.
14991 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14992 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14993 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14994 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14995 use its file extension as image type.
14996 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14997 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14998 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14999 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15001 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15003 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15004 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15005 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15007 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15009 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15010 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15011 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15012 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15013 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15014 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15015 POS may be an integer or marker.
15016 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15017 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15018 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15019 means display it in the right marginal area.
15021 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15023 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15024 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15025 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15026 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15027 defaulted if you omit it.
15028 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15029 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15030 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15031 means display it in the right marginal area.
15032 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15033 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15034 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15035 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15036 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15038 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15040 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15041 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15042 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15043 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15044 defaulted if you omit it.
15045 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15046 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15047 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15048 means display it in the right marginal area.
15049 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15051 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15053 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15054 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15055 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15056 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15058 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15060 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15061 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15063 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15065 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15066 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15067 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15068 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15069 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15070 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15071 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15072 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15073 satisfied.
15075 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15077 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15079 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15081 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15082 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15084 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15085 documentation string.
15087 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15088 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15089 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15090 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15091 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15092 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15093 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15094 define SYMBOL.
15096 Example:
15098 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15099 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15101 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15103 ;;;***
15105 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15106 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15107 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15108 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15109 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15110 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15111 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15112 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18787 48915))
15113 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15115 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15116 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15118 \(fn)" t nil)
15120 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15121 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15123 Convenience command that:
15125 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15126 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15127 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15129 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15130 image files in dired and type
15131 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15133 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15135 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15136 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15138 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15140 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15141 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15142 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15143 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15144 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15145 another one).
15147 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15148 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15149 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15151 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15152 instead of erasing it first.
15154 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15155 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15156 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15157 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15158 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15159 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15161 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15163 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15164 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15165 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15166 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15167 displayed.
15169 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15171 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15173 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15175 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15176 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15178 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15180 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15181 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15182 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15184 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15186 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15187 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15189 \(fn)" t nil)
15191 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15192 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15193 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15194 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15196 \(fn)" t nil)
15198 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15199 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15201 \(fn)" t nil)
15203 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15204 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15206 \(fn)" t nil)
15208 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15209 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15211 \(fn)" t nil)
15213 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15214 Display current image file.
15215 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15216 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15220 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15221 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15223 \(fn)" t nil)
15225 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15226 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15227 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15228 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15229 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15230 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15231 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15233 \(fn)" t nil)
15235 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15236 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15237 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15238 easy-to-use form.
15240 \(fn)" t nil)
15242 ;;;***
15244 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15245 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15246 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18787 48915))
15247 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15249 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15250 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15251 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15252 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15254 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15255 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15256 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15257 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15259 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15261 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15262 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15263 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15264 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15266 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15267 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15268 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15269 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15271 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15273 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15274 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15276 \(fn)" nil nil)
15278 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15279 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15280 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15281 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15283 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15285 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15286 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15287 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15288 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15289 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15290 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15292 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15294 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15295 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15296 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15297 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15299 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15300 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15301 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15305 ;;;***
15307 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode
15308 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18837 32920))
15309 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15310 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15311 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15312 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15313 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15314 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15315 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15316 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15317 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15318 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15320 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15321 Major mode for image files.
15322 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15323 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15325 \(fn)" t nil)
15327 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15328 Toggle Image minor mode.
15329 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15330 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15334 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15335 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15336 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15337 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15338 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15339 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15341 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15342 information on these modes.
15344 \(fn)" t nil)
15346 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15347 Not documented
15349 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15351 ;;;***
15353 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15354 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18787 48915))
15355 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15357 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15358 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15360 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15362 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15363 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15364 in the buffer.
15366 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15368 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15369 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15370 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15372 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15374 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15375 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15377 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15378 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15379 pattern's structure.
15381 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15382 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15383 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15384 during matching.")
15386 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15388 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15389 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15391 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15392 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15393 called within a `save-excursion'.
15395 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15397 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15399 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15400 Function for finding the next index position.
15402 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15403 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15404 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15405 file.
15407 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15408 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15410 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15412 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15413 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15415 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15416 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15417 It should return the name for that index item.")
15419 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15421 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15422 Function to compare string with index item.
15424 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15425 non-nil if they match.
15427 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15428 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15429 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15430 arguments match\".")
15432 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15434 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15435 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15436 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15438 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15440 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15442 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15444 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15445 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15446 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15447 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15449 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15451 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15452 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15454 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15456 \(fn)" t nil)
15458 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15459 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15460 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15461 for more information.
15463 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15465 ;;;***
15467 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15468 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15469 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18787 48929))
15470 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15472 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15473 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15475 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15477 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15478 Not documented
15480 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15482 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15483 Not documented
15485 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15487 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15488 Not documented
15490 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15492 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15493 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15495 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15497 ;;;***
15499 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15500 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15501 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18787 48934))
15502 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15504 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15505 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15506 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15507 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15508 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15510 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15512 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15513 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15515 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15517 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15518 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15519 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15520 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15521 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15522 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15523 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15524 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15526 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15528 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15529 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15530 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15531 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15532 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15534 This variable is only used if the variable
15535 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15537 More precise choices:
15538 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15539 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15540 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15542 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15544 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15546 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15547 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15549 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15550 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15551 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15552 to that buffer.
15553 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15554 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15555 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15556 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15558 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15559 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15561 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15563 ;;;***
15565 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15566 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15567 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15568 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18799 16231))
15569 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15571 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15572 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15574 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15575 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15576 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15578 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15579 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15580 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15581 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15582 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15583 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15584 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15585 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15586 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15587 with the top-level Info directory.
15589 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15590 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15591 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15592 appended to the Info buffer name.
15594 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15595 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15596 in all the directories in that path.
15598 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15600 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15602 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15603 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15605 \(fn)" t nil)
15607 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15608 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15609 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15610 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15612 \(fn)" nil nil)
15614 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15615 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15616 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15617 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15619 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15621 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15622 Go to the Info directory node.
15624 \(fn)" t nil)
15626 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15627 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15628 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15629 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15630 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15631 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15633 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15635 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15636 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15637 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15639 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15641 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15642 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15643 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15644 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15645 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15647 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15648 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15650 Selecting other nodes:
15651 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15652 Follow a node reference you click on.
15653 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15654 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15655 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15656 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15657 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15658 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15659 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15660 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15661 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15662 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15663 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15664 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15665 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15666 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15667 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15668 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15669 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15670 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15671 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15672 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15674 Moving within a node:
15675 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15676 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15677 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15678 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15679 move up to the parent node.
15680 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15681 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15682 if there is none.
15683 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15685 Advanced commands:
15686 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15687 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15688 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15689 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15690 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15691 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15692 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15693 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15694 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15695 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15696 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15697 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15698 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15699 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15700 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15701 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15702 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15704 \(fn)" nil nil)
15705 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15707 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15708 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15709 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15710 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15711 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15712 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15714 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15715 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15717 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15718 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15719 KEY is a string.
15720 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15721 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15722 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15723 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15725 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15727 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15728 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15729 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15731 \(fn)" t nil)
15733 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15734 Not documented
15736 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15738 ;;;***
15740 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15741 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15742 ;;;;;; (18787 48915))
15743 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15745 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15746 Throw away all cached data.
15747 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15748 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15749 system.
15751 \(fn)" t nil)
15752 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15754 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15755 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15756 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15757 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15758 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15759 one found at point.
15761 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15763 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15764 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15766 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15767 Display the documentation of a file.
15768 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15769 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15770 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15771 The default file name is the one found at point.
15773 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15775 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15777 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15778 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15780 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15782 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15783 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15785 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15787 ;;;***
15789 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15790 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18787 48915))
15791 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15793 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15794 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15796 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15798 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15799 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15800 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15802 \(fn)" t nil)
15804 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15805 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15806 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15808 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15809 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15810 quite a while.
15812 \(fn)" t nil)
15814 ;;;***
15816 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15817 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (18787 48916))
15818 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15820 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15821 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15823 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15825 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15826 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15828 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15830 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15831 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15832 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15833 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15835 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15836 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15837 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15839 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15840 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15841 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15842 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15844 \(fn)" t nil)
15846 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15847 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15848 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15850 \(fn)" t nil)
15852 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15853 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15854 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15855 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15856 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15858 \(fn)" nil nil)
15860 ;;;***
15862 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15863 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15864 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
15865 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15867 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15868 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15870 \(fn)" t nil)
15872 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15873 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15875 \(fn)" t nil)
15877 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15878 Not documented
15880 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15882 ;;;***
15884 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18791
15885 ;;;;;; 16510))
15886 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15888 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15889 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15890 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15891 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15892 accessed via isearchb.
15894 \(fn)" t nil)
15896 ;;;***
15898 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15899 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15900 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15901 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18787 48928))
15902 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15904 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15905 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15906 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15907 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15908 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15910 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15912 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15913 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15914 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15915 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15916 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15918 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15920 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15921 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15922 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15923 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15924 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15926 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15928 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15929 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15930 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15931 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15932 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15934 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15936 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15937 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15938 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15939 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15940 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15942 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15944 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15945 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15946 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15947 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15948 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15950 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15952 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15953 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15954 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15955 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15956 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15958 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15960 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15961 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15962 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15963 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15965 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15967 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15968 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15969 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15970 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15972 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15974 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15975 Warn that format is read-only.
15977 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15979 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15980 Warn that format is write-only.
15982 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15984 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15985 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15987 \(fn)" t nil)
15989 ;;;***
15991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15992 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
15993 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15994 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15995 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15996 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15998 ;;;***
16000 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16001 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16002 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16003 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
16004 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (18875 4272))
16005 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16006 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16008 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16009 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16010 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16011 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16012 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16014 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16015 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16017 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16018 Key map for ispell menu.")
16020 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16021 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16022 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16023 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16025 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16027 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16029 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16031 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16033 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16034 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16035 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16036 Valid forms include:
16037 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16038 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16039 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16040 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16042 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16043 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16044 First list is used raw.
16045 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16047 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16048 for skipping in latex mode.")
16050 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16051 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16052 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16053 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16054 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16055 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16056 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16058 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16059 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16060 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16061 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16063 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16064 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16065 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16066 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16067 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16069 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16070 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16072 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16073 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16075 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16076 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16078 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16079 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16081 Return values:
16082 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16083 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16084 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16085 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16086 quit spell session exited.
16088 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16090 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16091 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16092 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16094 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16096 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16097 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16099 Selections are:
16101 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16102 SPC: Accept word this time.
16103 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16104 `a': Accept word for this session.
16105 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16106 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16107 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16108 `?': Show these commands.
16109 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16110 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16111 the aborted check to be completed later.
16112 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16113 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16114 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16115 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16116 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16117 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16118 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16120 \(fn)" nil nil)
16122 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16123 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16124 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16126 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16128 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16129 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16130 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16131 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16133 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16135 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16137 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16138 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16139 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16140 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16142 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16144 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16145 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16147 \(fn)" t nil)
16149 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16150 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16152 \(fn)" t nil)
16154 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16155 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16157 \(fn)" t nil)
16159 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16160 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16161 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16162 sequence inside of a word.
16164 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16166 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16168 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16169 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16171 \(fn)" t nil)
16173 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16174 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16175 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16176 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16178 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16179 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16180 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16181 available on the net.
16183 \(fn)" t nil)
16185 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16186 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16187 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16188 otherwise turn it off.
16190 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16191 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16193 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16194 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16198 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16199 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16200 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16201 Don't check included messages.
16203 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16204 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16205 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16207 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16208 in your .emacs file:
16209 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16210 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16211 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16212 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16214 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16215 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16216 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16218 \(fn)" t nil)
16220 ;;;***
16222 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18787
16223 ;;;;;; 48916))
16224 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16226 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16227 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16228 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16229 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16230 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16231 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16233 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16235 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16236 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16237 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16238 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16239 `iswitchb' for details.
16241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16243 ;;;***
16245 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16246 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16247 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16248 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18787 48929))
16249 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16251 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16252 Not documented
16254 \(fn)" nil nil)
16256 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16257 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16258 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16259 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16260 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16261 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16262 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16263 necessary to represent OBJ.
16265 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16267 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16268 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16269 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16270 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16272 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16274 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16275 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16276 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16277 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16278 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16280 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16282 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16283 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16284 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16285 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16287 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16289 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16290 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16291 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16292 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16294 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16296 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16297 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16299 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16301 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16302 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16303 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16304 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16305 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16307 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16309 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16310 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16311 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16312 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16313 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16315 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16317 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16318 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16319 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16321 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16323 ;;;***
16325 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16326 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18787 48916))
16327 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16329 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16330 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16331 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16332 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16334 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16335 Not documented
16337 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16339 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16340 Uninstall jka-compr.
16341 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16342 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16343 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16345 \(fn)" nil nil)
16347 ;;;***
16349 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16350 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16351 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
16352 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16354 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16355 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16356 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16357 decimal key must be specified.")
16359 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16361 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16362 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16363 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16364 decimal key must be specified.")
16366 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16368 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16369 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16370 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16371 decimal key must be specified.")
16373 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16375 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16376 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16377 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16378 decimal key must be specified.")
16380 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16382 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16383 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16384 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16385 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16386 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16387 keys are bound.
16389 Setup Binding
16390 -------------------------------------------------------------
16391 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16392 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16393 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16394 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16395 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16396 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16397 in the global and local keymaps.
16399 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16400 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16402 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16404 ;;;***
16406 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16407 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
16408 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16410 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16411 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16412 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16414 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16415 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16416 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16417 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16418 shorter.
16420 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16421 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16422 the context of text formatting.
16424 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16426 ;;;***
16428 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18787
16429 ;;;;;; 48928))
16430 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16432 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16433 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16434 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16435 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16436 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16437 positions that contains the current selection.")
16439 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16440 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16441 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16442 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16443 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16444 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16445 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16447 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16449 ;;;***
16451 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16452 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16453 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16454 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (18791 16510))
16455 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16456 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16457 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16458 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16459 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16460 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16461 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16462 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16464 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16465 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16467 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16469 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16470 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16471 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16472 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16473 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16475 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16477 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16478 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16479 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16481 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16482 defining the macro.
16484 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16485 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16486 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16488 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16489 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16491 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16493 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16494 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16495 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16496 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16497 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16498 under that name.
16500 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16501 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16502 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16504 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16506 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16507 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16508 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16510 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16511 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16512 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16513 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16515 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16516 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16518 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16520 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16521 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16522 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16524 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16525 macro.
16527 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16528 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16530 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16531 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16532 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16534 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16535 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16537 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16539 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16540 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16541 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16542 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16544 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16546 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16547 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16548 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16549 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16551 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16552 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16554 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16556 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16557 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16558 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16560 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16562 ;;;***
16564 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16565 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18787 48929))
16566 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16568 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16569 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16570 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16572 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16573 Not documented
16575 \(fn)" nil nil)
16577 ;;;***
16579 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16580 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
16581 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16583 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16585 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16586 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16588 \(fn)" t nil)
16590 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16592 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16593 Start or resume an Lm game.
16594 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16595 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16597 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16598 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16599 none / 1 | yes | no
16600 2 | yes | yes
16601 3 | no | yes
16602 4 | no | no
16604 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16605 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16606 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16608 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16610 ;;;***
16612 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16613 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16614 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18787 48929))
16615 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16617 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16618 Not documented
16620 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16622 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16623 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16624 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16625 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16626 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16627 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16629 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16630 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16632 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16634 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16635 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16637 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16639 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16640 Not documented
16642 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16644 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16645 Not documented
16647 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16649 ;;;***
16651 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16652 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16653 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18787 48928))
16654 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16656 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16657 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16658 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16659 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16661 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16663 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16664 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16665 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16667 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16669 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16670 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16671 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16673 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16675 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16676 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16677 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16678 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16680 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16682 ;;;***
16684 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16685 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18787 48928))
16686 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16688 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16689 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16690 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16691 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16692 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16693 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16694 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16695 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16697 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16698 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16700 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16701 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16703 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16705 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16706 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16707 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16708 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16709 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16710 `latin1-display-setup'.
16712 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16714 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16715 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16716 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16717 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16719 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16720 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16722 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16724 ;;;***
16726 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16727 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
16728 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16730 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
16732 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
16734 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16735 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16737 \(fn)" t nil)
16739 ;;;***
16741 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16742 ;;;;;; (18787 48916))
16743 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16745 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16746 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16748 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16749 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16751 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16752 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16754 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16755 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16756 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16757 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16758 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16759 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16760 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16761 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16762 and transmit saved text.
16764 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16765 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16766 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16768 \(fn)" t nil)
16770 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16771 Not documented
16773 \(fn)" nil nil)
16775 ;;;***
16777 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18787 48933))
16778 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16780 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16781 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16782 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16783 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16784 generations (this defaults to 1).
16786 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16788 ;;;***
16790 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16791 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (18803 15399))
16792 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16794 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16795 Format used to display line numbers.
16796 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16797 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16798 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16799 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16801 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16803 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16804 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
16806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16808 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16809 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16810 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16812 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16813 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16815 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16817 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16818 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16819 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16820 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
16821 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16825 ;;;***
16827 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18787
16828 ;;;;;; 48916))
16829 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16831 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16832 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16833 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16834 is nil, raise an error.
16836 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16837 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16838 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16839 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16840 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16841 defined by the library.
16843 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16844 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16845 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16846 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16847 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16848 proceeds.
16850 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16851 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16852 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16853 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16855 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16857 ;;;***
16859 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16860 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18787 48916))
16861 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16863 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16864 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16865 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16867 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16869 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16870 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16871 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16872 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16874 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16875 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16876 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16877 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16878 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16879 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16880 the version.)
16882 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16883 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16885 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16886 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16888 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16890 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16892 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16893 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16894 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16895 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16896 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16897 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16898 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16899 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16900 to constrain a big search.
16902 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16904 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16905 except that FILTER is not optional.
16907 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16909 ;;;***
16911 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18787 48916))
16912 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16914 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16915 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16916 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16917 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16918 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16919 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16920 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16921 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16923 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16924 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16925 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16926 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16927 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16929 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16930 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16931 uses the current buffer.
16933 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16935 ;;;***
16937 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18906
16938 ;;;;;; 45083))
16939 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16941 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16942 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16944 \(fn)" t nil)
16946 ;;;***
16948 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18787
16949 ;;;;;; 48916))
16950 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16952 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16953 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16954 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16955 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16956 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16958 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16959 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16960 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16962 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16963 are indicated with a symbol.
16965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16967 ;;;***
16969 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16970 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18787
16971 ;;;;;; 48916))
16972 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16974 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
16976 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16978 (defvar printer-name (and (memq system-type '(emx ms-dos)) "PRN") "\
16979 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16980 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16982 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16983 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16985 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16986 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16987 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16988 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16989 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16990 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16991 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16993 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16995 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16996 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16997 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16998 switch on this list.
16999 See `lpr-command'.")
17001 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17003 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17004 Name of program for printing a file.
17006 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17007 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17008 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17009 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17010 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17011 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17012 argument.")
17014 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17016 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17017 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17018 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17019 for customization of the printer command.
17021 \(fn)" t nil)
17023 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17024 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17026 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17027 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17028 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17029 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17031 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17032 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17034 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17035 for further customization of the printer command.
17037 \(fn)" t nil)
17039 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17040 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17041 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17042 for customization of the printer command.
17044 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17046 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17047 Paginate and print the region contents.
17049 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17050 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17051 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17052 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17054 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17055 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17057 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17058 for further customization of the printer command.
17060 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17062 ;;;***
17064 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17065 ;;;;;; (18893 13105))
17066 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17068 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17069 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17070 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17072 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17074 ;;;***
17076 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18794
17077 ;;;;;; 5654))
17078 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17080 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17081 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17082 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17083 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17087 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17089 ;;;***
17091 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18787
17092 ;;;;;; 48934))
17093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17095 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17096 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17097 \\{m4-mode-map}
17099 \(fn)" t nil)
17101 ;;;***
17103 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17104 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
17105 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17107 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17108 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17109 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17110 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17111 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17113 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17115 ;;;***
17117 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17118 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18787 48916))
17119 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17121 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17122 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17123 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17124 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17125 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17127 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17129 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17130 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17131 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17132 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17134 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17135 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17136 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17137 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17138 bindings.
17140 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17141 use this command, and then save the file.
17143 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17145 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17146 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17147 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17148 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17149 each time the macro executes.
17150 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17151 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17152 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17153 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17154 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17155 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17156 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17158 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17160 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17161 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17162 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17163 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17165 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17166 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17167 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17168 execute.
17170 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17171 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17173 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17174 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17175 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17176 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17177 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17179 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17180 looked like this:
17182 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17183 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17184 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17186 You could enter the names in this format:
17192 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17194 \\C-x (
17195 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17196 \\C-x )
17198 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17199 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17201 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17202 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17204 ;;;***
17206 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17207 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18787 48929))
17208 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17210 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17211 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17212 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17213 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17214 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17215 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17217 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17218 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17219 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17220 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17221 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17223 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17224 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17225 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17226 consing a string.)
17228 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17230 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17231 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17233 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17235 ;;;***
17237 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17238 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17239 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
17240 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17242 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17243 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17245 \(fn)" nil nil)
17247 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17248 Not documented
17250 \(fn)" nil nil)
17252 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17253 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17255 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17257 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17258 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17259 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17260 message.
17262 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17264 \(fn)" nil nil)
17266 ;;;***
17268 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17269 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17270 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
17271 ;;;;;; (18844 39826))
17272 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17274 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17275 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17276 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17277 often correct parser.")
17279 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17281 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17282 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17284 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17286 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17287 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17288 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17289 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17291 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17293 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17294 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17295 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17296 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17298 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17300 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17301 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17302 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17303 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17305 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17307 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17308 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17309 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17310 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17311 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17312 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17313 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17314 as Rmail does.
17316 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17318 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17319 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17320 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17321 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17322 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17323 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17324 matches may be returned from the message body.
17326 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17328 ;;;***
17330 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17331 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18873
17332 ;;;;;; 47506))
17333 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17335 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17336 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17337 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17338 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17339 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17340 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17342 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17344 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17345 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
17347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17349 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17350 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17352 \(fn)" nil nil)
17354 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17355 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17356 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17358 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17360 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17361 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17362 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17364 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17365 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17366 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17367 double-quotes.
17369 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17371 ;;;***
17373 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17374 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18876
17375 ;;;;;; 22343))
17376 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17378 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17379 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17380 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17381 king@grassland.com
17382 If `parens', they look like:
17383 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17384 If `angles', they look like:
17385 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17387 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17389 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17390 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17391 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17392 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17393 their `Resent-' variants.
17395 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17396 removed from alias expansions.
17398 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17400 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17401 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17402 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17404 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17405 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17406 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17407 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17409 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17411 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17412 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17413 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17414 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17416 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17418 ;;;***
17420 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17421 ;;;;;; (18853 19461))
17422 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17424 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17425 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17426 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17427 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17429 \(fn)" nil nil)
17431 ;;;***
17433 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17434 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17435 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18787 48934))
17436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17438 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17439 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17441 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17442 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17443 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17444 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17445 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17446 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17448 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17449 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17450 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17451 dependency, despite the colon.
17453 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17455 In the browser, use the following keys:
17457 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17459 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17461 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17462 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17464 `makefile-target-colon':
17465 The string that gets appended to all target names
17466 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17467 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17469 `makefile-macro-assign':
17470 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17471 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17472 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17473 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17474 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17475 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17477 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17478 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17479 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17481 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17482 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17484 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17485 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17486 up or down in the browser.
17488 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17489 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17491 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17492 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17494 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17495 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17496 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17497 has been selected in the browser.
17499 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17500 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17501 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17502 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17503 filenames are omitted.
17505 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17506 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17507 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17508 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17509 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17510 the backslash itself intact.
17511 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17512 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17514 `makefile-browser-hook':
17515 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17516 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17518 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17519 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17520 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17521 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17523 \(fn)" t nil)
17525 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17526 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17528 \(fn)" t nil)
17530 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17531 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17533 \(fn)" t nil)
17535 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17536 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17538 \(fn)" t nil)
17540 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17541 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17543 \(fn)" t nil)
17545 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17546 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17548 \(fn)" t nil)
17550 ;;;***
17552 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18787
17553 ;;;;;; 48916))
17554 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17556 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17557 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17558 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17560 \(fn)" t nil)
17562 ;;;***
17564 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18871 14695))
17565 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17567 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17569 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17570 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17571 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17572 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17573 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17574 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17575 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17577 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17578 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17579 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17580 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17582 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17584 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17585 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17587 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17589 ;;;***
17591 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18787 48916))
17592 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17594 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17595 Toggle Master mode.
17596 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17597 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17598 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17600 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17601 following commands:
17603 \\{master-mode-map}
17605 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17606 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17607 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17611 ;;;***
17613 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17614 ;;;;;; (18787 48916))
17615 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17617 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17618 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17619 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17620 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17621 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17622 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17624 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17626 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17627 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17628 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17629 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17630 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17632 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17633 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17637 ;;;***
17639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18863 60800))
17640 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17642 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17644 ;;;***
17646 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17647 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17648 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17649 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17650 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17651 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17652 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18844 39826))
17653 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17655 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17657 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17658 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17659 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17660 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17661 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17662 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17663 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17664 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17665 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17666 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17667 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17668 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17669 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17670 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17671 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17672 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17673 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17674 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17675 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17676 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17677 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17678 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17679 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17680 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17681 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17682 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17683 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17684 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17685 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17686 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17687 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17688 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17689 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17690 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17691 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17692 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17693 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17694 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17696 \(fn)" t nil)
17698 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17699 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17700 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17701 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17702 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17704 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17706 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17707 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17709 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17711 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17712 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17714 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17716 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17717 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17719 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17721 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17722 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17723 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17725 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17727 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17728 Cancel an article you posted.
17729 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17733 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17734 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17735 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17736 header line with the old Message-ID.
17738 \(fn)" t nil)
17740 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17741 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17743 \(fn)" t nil)
17745 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17746 Forward the current message via mail.
17747 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17748 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17750 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17752 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17753 Not documented
17755 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17757 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17758 Not documented
17760 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17762 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17763 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17765 \(fn)" t nil)
17767 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17768 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17770 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17772 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17773 Re-mail the current message.
17774 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17775 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17776 you.
17778 \(fn)" t nil)
17780 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17781 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17783 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17785 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17786 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17788 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17790 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17791 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17793 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17795 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17796 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17798 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17800 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17801 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17802 Works by overstriking characters.
17803 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17804 which specify the range to operate on.
17806 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17808 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17809 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17810 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17811 which specify the range to operate on.
17813 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17815 ;;;***
17817 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17818 ;;;;;; (18787 48934))
17819 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17821 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17822 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17823 Special commands:
17824 \\{meta-mode-map}
17826 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17827 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17829 \(fn)" t nil)
17831 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17832 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17833 Special commands:
17834 \\{meta-mode-map}
17836 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17837 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17839 \(fn)" t nil)
17841 ;;;***
17843 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17844 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17845 ;;;;;; (18829 2708))
17846 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17848 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17849 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17850 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17852 \(fn)" t nil)
17854 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17855 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17856 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17857 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17858 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17859 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17860 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17862 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17864 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17865 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17866 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17867 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17868 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17869 means current).
17870 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17871 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17873 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17875 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17876 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17877 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17878 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17879 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17880 means current).
17881 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17882 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17884 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17886 ;;;***
17888 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17889 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17890 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18813 56068))
17891 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17893 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17894 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17895 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17897 \(fn)" t nil)
17899 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17900 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17901 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17903 \(fn)" t nil)
17905 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17906 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17908 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17909 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17910 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17912 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17913 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17915 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17916 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17918 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17920 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17922 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17923 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17924 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17925 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17926 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17927 as `compose-mail'.
17929 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17930 initial Subject field, respectively.
17932 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17933 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17934 are strings.
17936 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17937 ignored.
17939 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17941 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17942 Save draft and send message.
17944 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17945 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17946 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17947 Mail Delivery*\".
17949 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17950 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17951 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17953 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17954 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17955 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17956 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17957 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17958 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17960 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17961 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17963 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17964 message and scan line.
17966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17968 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17969 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17971 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17972 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17973 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17974 delete the draft message.
17976 \(fn)" t nil)
17978 ;;;***
17980 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18815 6890))
17981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17983 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17985 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17987 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17989 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17990 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17992 \(fn)" t nil)
17994 ;;;***
17996 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17997 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18813 56068))
17998 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18000 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18001 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18002 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18004 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18005 the MH mail system.
18007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18009 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18010 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18011 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18013 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18014 the MH mail system.
18016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18018 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18019 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18021 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18022 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18023 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18024 separate command.
18026 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18027 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18028 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18029 format.
18031 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18033 Ranges
18034 ======
18035 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18036 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18037 can be used in several ways.
18039 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18040 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18041 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18042 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18043 page):
18045 <num1>-<num2>
18046 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18047 The range must be nonempty.
18049 <num>:N
18050 <num>:+N
18051 <num>:-N
18052 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18053 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18054 last.
18056 first:N
18057 prev:N
18058 next:N
18059 last:N
18060 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18063 All of the messages.
18065 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18066 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18068 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18069 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18070 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18072 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18074 \(fn)" t nil)
18076 ;;;***
18078 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18079 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18875 4271))
18080 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18082 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18083 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18084 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18085 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18086 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18087 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18088 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18089 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18090 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18091 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18092 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18094 \(fn)" t nil)
18096 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18097 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18098 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18099 to its second argument TM.
18101 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18103 ;;;***
18105 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18106 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18787 48916))
18107 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18109 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18110 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18111 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18112 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18113 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18114 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18116 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18118 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18119 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18120 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18121 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18122 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18123 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18124 default indication.
18126 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18127 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18131 ;;;***
18133 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (18787 48917))
18134 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18136 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18137 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18138 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18139 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18140 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18141 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18142 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18143 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18144 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18146 \(fn)" t nil)
18148 ;;;***
18150 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18151 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18152 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (18787 48917))
18153 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18154 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18156 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18157 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18159 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18160 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18161 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18162 next occurrence.
18164 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18165 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18166 end of the search space).
18168 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18169 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18170 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18171 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18172 should return the previous buffer to search.
18174 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18175 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18176 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18178 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18179 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18180 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18181 Isearch starts.")
18183 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18184 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18185 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18187 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18188 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18189 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18191 \(fn)" nil nil)
18193 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18194 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18196 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
18198 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18199 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18201 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
18203 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18204 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18206 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
18208 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18209 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18211 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
18213 ;;;***
18215 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18216 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
18217 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18219 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18220 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18221 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18223 \(fn)" t nil)
18225 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18227 ;;;***
18229 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18230 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18787 48926))
18231 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18233 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18234 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18236 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18238 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18239 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18240 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18241 the entire message.
18242 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18244 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18246 ;;;***
18248 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18249 ;;;;;; (18787 48926))
18250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18252 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18253 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18254 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18255 the entire message.
18256 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18258 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18260 ;;;***
18262 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18263 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18791 16521))
18264 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18266 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18267 Insert file contents of URL.
18268 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18270 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18272 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18273 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18275 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18277 ;;;***
18279 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18280 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18787 48926))
18281 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18283 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18284 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18285 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18286 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18287 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18289 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18291 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18292 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18293 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18295 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18297 ;;;***
18299 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18300 ;;;;;; (18791 16522))
18301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18303 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18304 Not documented
18306 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18308 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18309 Not documented
18311 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18313 ;;;***
18315 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18316 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18317 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18787 48926))
18318 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18320 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18321 Not documented
18323 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18325 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18326 Not documented
18328 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18330 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18331 Not documented
18333 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18335 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18336 Not documented
18338 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18340 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18341 Not documented
18343 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18345 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18346 Not documented
18348 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18350 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18351 Not documented
18353 \(fn)" nil nil)
18355 ;;;***
18357 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18358 ;;;;;; (18430 59248))
18359 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18361 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18362 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18363 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18364 followed by the first character of the construct.
18365 \\<m2-mode-map>
18366 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18367 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18368 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18369 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18370 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18371 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18372 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18373 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18374 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18375 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18376 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18377 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18378 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18379 \\[m2-link] link
18381 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18382 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18383 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18385 \(fn)" t nil)
18387 ;;;***
18389 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18390 ;;;;;; (18787 48933))
18391 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18393 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18394 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18396 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18398 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18399 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18401 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18403 ;;;***
18405 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18406 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (18787 48917))
18407 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18409 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18410 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18412 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18413 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18414 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18416 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18417 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
18418 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18420 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18421 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18423 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18424 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18425 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18426 hemisphere you're in.)
18428 To test this function, evaluate:
18429 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18431 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18433 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18434 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18436 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18437 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18439 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18440 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18441 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18443 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18444 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18446 To test this function, evaluate:
18447 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18449 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18451 ;;;***
18453 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18787
18454 ;;;;;; 48917))
18455 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18457 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18458 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18459 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18462 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18464 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18466 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18467 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18468 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18469 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18471 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18473 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18475 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18477 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18478 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18479 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18480 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18481 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18482 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18484 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18485 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18486 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18487 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18488 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18490 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18491 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18493 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18494 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18496 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18498 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18499 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18500 primary selection and region.
18502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18504 ;;;***
18506 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18791 16529))
18507 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18509 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18510 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18512 \(fn)" t nil)
18514 ;;;***
18516 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18787 48917))
18517 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18519 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18520 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18521 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18522 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18523 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18524 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18526 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18528 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18529 Toggle Msb mode.
18530 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18531 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18532 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18536 ;;;***
18538 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18539 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18540 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18541 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18542 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18543 ;;;;;; (18912 44112))
18544 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18546 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18547 Display a list of all character sets.
18549 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18550 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18551 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18552 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18554 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18555 but still shows the full information.
18557 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18559 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18560 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18561 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18563 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18564 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18565 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18566 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18567 meanings of these arguments.
18569 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18571 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18572 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18574 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18576 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18577 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18579 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18581 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18582 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18584 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18586 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18587 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18589 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18590 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18591 in place of `..':
18592 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18593 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18594 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18595 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18596 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18597 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18598 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18599 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18600 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18601 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18602 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18603 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18604 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18605 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18606 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18607 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18609 \(fn)" t nil)
18611 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18612 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18614 \(fn)" t nil)
18616 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18617 Display a list of all coding systems.
18618 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18620 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18621 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18625 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18626 Display a list of all coding categories.
18628 \(fn)" nil nil)
18630 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18631 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18632 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18634 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18636 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18637 Display information about FONTSET.
18638 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18640 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18642 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18643 Display a list of all fontsets.
18644 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18645 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18646 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18648 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18650 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18651 Display information about all input methods.
18653 \(fn)" t nil)
18655 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18656 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18658 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18659 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18660 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18661 system which uses fontsets).
18663 \(fn)" t nil)
18665 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18666 Show log of font listing and opening.
18667 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18668 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18670 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18672 ;;;***
18674 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18675 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18676 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18677 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18678 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18679 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18787 48928))
18680 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18682 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18683 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18684 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18686 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18688 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18690 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18691 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18693 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18694 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18696 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18697 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18699 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18701 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18702 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18703 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18704 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18705 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18706 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18707 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18709 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18710 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18711 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18712 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18713 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18714 middle of a character in STR.
18716 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18717 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18719 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18720 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18721 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18722 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18723 defaults to \"...\".
18725 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18727 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18728 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18730 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18731 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18732 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18734 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18735 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18736 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18738 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18739 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18740 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18741 are considered.
18742 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18743 longer than KEYSEQ.
18744 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18746 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18748 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18749 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18750 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18751 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18752 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18753 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18754 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18755 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18756 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18757 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18758 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18760 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18762 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18763 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18765 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18767 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18768 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18770 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18772 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18773 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18775 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18777 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18778 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18780 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18782 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18783 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18784 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
18785 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
18786 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18788 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18790 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18791 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18792 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18793 coding systems ordered by priority.
18795 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18797 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18798 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18799 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18800 language environment LANG-ENV.
18802 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18804 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18805 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18806 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18807 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18808 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18809 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18811 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18813 ;;;***
18815 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18816 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
18817 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18819 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18820 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18821 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18822 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18823 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18824 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18826 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
18828 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
18829 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18830 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18831 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18835 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
18836 Enable mouse wheel support.
18838 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18840 ;;;***
18842 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18843 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18844 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat iwconfig ifconfig
18845 ;;;;;; ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18787 48930))
18846 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18848 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18849 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18851 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18853 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18854 Ping HOST.
18855 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18856 `ping-program-options'.
18858 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18860 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18861 Run ifconfig program.
18863 \(fn)" t nil)
18865 (defalias 'ipconfig 'ifconfig)
18867 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18868 Run iwconfig program.
18870 \(fn)" t nil)
18872 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18873 Run netstat program.
18875 \(fn)" t nil)
18877 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18878 Run arp program.
18880 \(fn)" t nil)
18882 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18883 Run route program.
18885 \(fn)" t nil)
18887 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18888 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18890 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18892 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18893 Run nslookup program.
18895 \(fn)" t nil)
18897 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18898 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18900 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18902 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18903 Run dig program.
18905 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18907 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18908 Run ftp program.
18910 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18912 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18913 Finger USER on HOST.
18915 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18917 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18918 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18919 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18920 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18922 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18924 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18925 Not documented
18927 \(fn)" t nil)
18929 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18930 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18932 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18934 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18935 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18937 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18939 ;;;***
18941 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18942 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18943 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18944 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18945 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18946 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18787 48917))
18947 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18949 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18951 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18953 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18955 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18957 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18958 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18959 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18960 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18961 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18962 Major modes should set this variable.")
18964 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18965 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18966 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18967 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18968 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18969 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18971 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18972 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18974 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18975 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18976 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18978 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18979 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18980 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18981 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18982 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18984 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18985 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18986 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18988 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18989 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18990 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18991 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18993 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18994 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18995 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18996 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18997 column indentation or nil.
18998 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19000 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19001 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19002 The function has no args.
19004 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19005 comments always start in column zero.")
19007 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
19008 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19009 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19011 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19013 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19014 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19015 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19016 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19018 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19019 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19021 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19023 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19024 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19025 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19026 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19027 customize this variable.
19029 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19030 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19032 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19034 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19035 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19036 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19037 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19038 the variables are properly set.
19040 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19042 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19043 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19045 \(fn)" nil nil)
19047 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19048 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19049 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19051 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19053 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19054 Set the comment column based on point.
19055 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19056 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19057 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19058 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19060 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19062 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19063 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19064 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19066 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19068 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19069 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19070 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19071 comment markers.
19073 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19075 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19076 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19077 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19078 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19079 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19080 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19081 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19082 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19084 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19085 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19087 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19089 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19090 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19091 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19092 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19094 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19096 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19097 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19098 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19099 is passed on to the respective function.
19101 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19103 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19104 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19105 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19106 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19107 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19108 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19109 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19110 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19111 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19112 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19114 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19116 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19117 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19118 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19120 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19122 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19123 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19124 This indents the body of the continued comment
19125 under the previous comment line.
19127 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19128 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19129 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19131 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19132 or comment indentation.
19134 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19135 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19137 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19139 ;;;***
19141 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19142 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (18810 5074))
19143 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19145 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19146 Check whether newsticker is running.
19147 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19148 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19150 \(fn)" nil nil)
19152 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19153 Start the newsticker.
19154 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19155 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19156 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19157 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19159 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19161 ;;;***
19163 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19164 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
19165 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19167 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19168 Start newsticker plainview.
19170 \(fn)" t nil)
19172 ;;;***
19174 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19175 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
19176 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19178 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19179 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19181 \(fn)" t nil)
19183 ;;;***
19185 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19186 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (18787 48930))
19187 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19189 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19190 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19191 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19192 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19193 empty.
19195 \(fn)" nil nil)
19197 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19198 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19199 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19200 running already.
19202 \(fn)" t nil)
19204 ;;;***
19206 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19207 ;;;;;; (18918 21796))
19208 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19210 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19211 Start newsticker treeview.
19213 \(fn)" t nil)
19215 ;;;***
19217 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19218 ;;;;;; (18787 48926))
19219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19221 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19222 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19224 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19226 ;;;***
19228 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18787
19229 ;;;;;; 48926))
19230 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19232 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19233 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19234 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19235 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19236 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19237 symbol in the alist.
19239 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19241 ;;;***
19243 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19244 ;;;;;; (18797 59603))
19245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19247 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19248 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19249 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19251 \(fn)" t nil)
19253 ;;;***
19255 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19256 ;;;;;; (18787 48927))
19257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19259 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19260 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19261 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19263 \(fn)" t nil)
19265 ;;;***
19267 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19268 ;;;;;; (18787 48927))
19269 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19271 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19272 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19274 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19276 ;;;***
19278 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19279 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18787 48927))
19280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19282 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19283 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19285 \(fn)" t nil)
19287 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19288 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19290 \(fn)" t nil)
19292 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19293 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19295 \(fn)" t nil)
19297 ;;;***
19299 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19300 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18787 48917))
19301 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19303 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19304 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19305 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19307 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19309 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19310 Not documented
19312 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19314 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19315 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19316 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19317 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19318 to future sessions.
19320 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19322 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19323 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19324 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19325 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19326 to future sessions.
19328 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19330 ;;;***
19332 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19333 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
19334 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19336 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19337 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19338 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19339 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19340 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19341 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19343 \(fn)" t nil)
19345 ;;;***
19347 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19348 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
19349 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19351 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19352 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19353 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19354 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19356 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19358 ;;;***
19360 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (18787
19361 ;;;;;; 48931))
19362 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19364 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19365 Major mode for editing XML.
19367 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19368 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19369 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19370 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19371 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19372 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19373 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19375 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19377 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19378 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19380 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19381 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19382 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19383 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19384 instead of C-c.
19386 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19387 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19388 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19389 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19390 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19391 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19393 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19394 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19395 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19397 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19398 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19399 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19401 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19402 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19403 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19404 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19405 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19406 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19407 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19408 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19409 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19411 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19413 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19414 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19416 \(fn)" t nil)
19418 ;;;***
19420 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19421 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18787 48931))
19422 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19424 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19425 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19426 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19427 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19429 \(fn)" t nil)
19431 ;;;***
19433 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19434 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
19435 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19437 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19438 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19439 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19441 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19443 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19444 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19446 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19447 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19448 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19452 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19454 ;;;***
19456 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19457 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
19458 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19460 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19461 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19463 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19464 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19465 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19466 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19468 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19469 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19470 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19471 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19472 is why you need this mode!).
19474 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19475 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19476 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19478 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19480 Keybindings
19481 ===========
19483 \\{octave-mode-map}
19485 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19486 ==============================================
19488 `octave-auto-indent'
19489 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19490 Default is nil.
19492 `octave-auto-newline'
19493 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19494 Default is nil.
19496 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19497 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19498 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19500 `octave-block-offset'
19501 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19502 Default is 2.
19504 `octave-continuation-offset'
19505 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19506 Default is 4.
19508 `octave-continuation-string'
19509 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19510 Default is a backslash.
19512 `octave-send-echo-input'
19513 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19514 command to the inferior Octave process.
19516 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19517 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19518 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19520 `octave-send-echo-input'
19521 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19523 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19525 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19526 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19528 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19530 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19531 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19533 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19534 (lambda ()
19535 (abbrev-mode 1)
19536 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19538 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19539 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19540 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19541 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19543 \(fn)" t nil)
19545 ;;;***
19547 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-require-autoloaded-modules org-cycle-agenda-files
19548 ;;;;;; org-ido-switchb org-iswitchb org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string
19549 ;;;;;; org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19550 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19551 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org"
19552 ;;;;;; "org/org.el" (18846 51310))
19553 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19555 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19556 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19557 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19559 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19560 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19561 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19562 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19563 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19564 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19565 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19566 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19567 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19568 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19570 The following commands are available:
19572 \\{org-mode-map}
19574 \(fn)" t nil)
19576 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19577 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19579 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19580 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19581 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19582 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19583 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19584 When called with two C-u C-u prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19585 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19586 properties in the buffer.
19587 When called with three C-u C-u C-u prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19588 including drawers.
19590 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19591 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19592 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19593 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19594 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19595 and zoom in further.
19596 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19598 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19599 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19600 is negative, go up that many levels.
19602 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19603 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19604 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19606 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19607 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19608 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19612 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19613 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19614 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19615 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19619 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19620 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19621 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19622 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19623 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19624 of Org-mode).
19626 M-up Move entry/item up
19627 M-down Move entry/item down
19628 M-left Promote
19629 M-right Demote
19630 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19631 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19632 M-S-left Promote subtree
19633 M-S-right Demote subtree
19634 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19635 C-c ^ Sort entries
19636 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19637 TAB Cycle item visibility
19638 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19639 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19640 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19644 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19645 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19647 \(fn)" nil nil)
19649 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19650 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19651 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19652 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19653 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additional settings.
19655 \(fn)" nil nil)
19657 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19658 Not documented
19660 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19662 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19663 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19664 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19665 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19667 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19668 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19669 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19671 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19673 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19674 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19675 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19677 \(fn)" t nil)
19679 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19680 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19681 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19682 Org-mode syntax.
19684 \(fn)" t nil)
19686 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19687 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19689 \(fn S &optional ARG)" t nil)
19691 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19692 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19694 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19695 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19696 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19697 returned as a list.
19699 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19700 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19701 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19702 visited by the iteration.
19704 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19706 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19707 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19708 file The current buffer, without restriction
19709 file-with-archives
19710 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19711 agenda All agenda files
19712 agenda-with-archives
19713 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19714 \(file1 file2 ...)
19715 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19717 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19718 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19720 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19721 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19722 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19723 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19724 the the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19725 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19726 function leaves it.
19728 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19730 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
19731 Use `iswitchb-read-buffer' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
19732 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19733 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19735 Due to some yet unresolved reason, the global function
19736 `iswitchb-mode' needs to be active for this function to work.
19738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19740 (autoload 'org-ido-switchb "org" "\
19741 Use `org-ido-completing-read' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
19742 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19743 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19747 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19748 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19749 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19750 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19752 \(fn)" t nil)
19754 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19755 Not documented
19757 \(fn)" t nil)
19759 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19760 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19762 \(fn)" t nil)
19764 ;;;***
19766 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19767 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19768 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19769 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19770 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (18825 40644))
19771 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19773 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19774 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19775 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19776 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19778 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19779 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19780 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19781 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19782 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19783 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19784 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19785 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19786 e Export views to associated files.
19788 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19789 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19790 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19792 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19793 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19794 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19795 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19796 \(if active).
19798 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19800 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19801 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19802 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19803 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19804 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19805 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19806 before running the agenda command.
19808 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19810 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19811 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19812 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19813 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19814 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19815 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19816 before running the agenda command.
19818 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19819 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19821 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19823 category The category of the item
19824 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19825 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19826 todo selected in TODO match
19827 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19828 diary imported from diary
19829 deadline a deadline on given date
19830 scheduled scheduled on given date
19831 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19832 closed entry was closed on given date
19833 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19834 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19835 block entry has date block including g. date
19836 todo The todo keyword, if any
19837 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19838 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19839 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19840 extra Sting with extra planning info
19841 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19842 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19843 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19845 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19847 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19848 Not documented
19850 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19852 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19853 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19855 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19857 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19858 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19859 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19860 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19862 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19863 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19864 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19865 agenda instead.
19867 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19868 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19869 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19871 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19872 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19874 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19876 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19877 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
19878 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
19879 search only the headlines.
19881 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19882 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19883 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19884 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19885 EDIT-AT.
19887 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
19888 The individual words are then interpreted as a boolean expression with
19889 logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must not occur in the entry.
19890 Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.
19891 Matching is case-insensitive and the words are enclosed by word delimiters.
19893 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19894 that must or must not match in the entry.
19896 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19897 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19898 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19899 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19901 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19902 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19904 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19906 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19907 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19908 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19909 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19910 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19911 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19913 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19915 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19916 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19917 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19919 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19921 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19922 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19923 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19924 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19925 `org-stuck-projects'.
19926 MATCH is being ignored.
19928 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19930 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19931 Return diary information from org-files.
19932 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19933 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19934 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19935 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19937 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19938 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19939 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19941 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19943 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19944 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19945 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19946 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19948 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19949 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19950 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19952 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19953 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19954 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19955 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19957 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19959 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19961 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19962 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19964 &%%(org-diary)
19966 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19967 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19968 So the example above may also be written as
19970 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19972 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19973 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19974 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19976 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19978 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19979 Do we have a reason to ignore this todo entry because it has a time stamp?
19981 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19983 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19984 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19985 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19987 \(fn)" t nil)
19989 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19990 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19991 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19992 appointments.
19994 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19995 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19997 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19998 for filtering entries out.
20000 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20001 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20003 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20004 (category \"Work\"))
20006 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20007 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20009 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
20011 ;;;***
20013 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (18825
20014 ;;;;;; 40644))
20015 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20017 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20018 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20019 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20021 \(fn)" t nil)
20023 ;;;***
20025 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20026 ;;;;;; (18875 4272))
20027 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20029 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20030 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20032 \(fn)" nil nil)
20034 ;;;***
20036 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20037 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (18825 40644))
20038 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20040 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20041 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20042 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20043 fontified, and then returned.
20045 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20047 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20048 Set up hooks for clock persistence
20050 \(fn)" nil nil)
20052 ;;;***
20054 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files
20055 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-this-file
20056 ;;;;;; org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html org-export-region-as-html
20057 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer org-export-as-html-batch
20058 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-and-open org-insert-export-options-template
20059 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export-as-ascii org-export) "org-exp"
20060 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp.el" (18829 2709))
20061 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20063 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20065 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20067 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20069 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20070 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20071 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20072 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20073 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20075 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20076 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
20077 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20081 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-exp" "\
20082 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20083 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20084 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20085 underlined headlines. The default is 3.
20087 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20089 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20090 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20091 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20092 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
20093 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
20094 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20095 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20096 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20097 command.
20099 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20101 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20102 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20104 \(fn)" t nil)
20106 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-exp" "\
20107 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20108 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20109 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20110 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20112 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20114 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-exp" "\
20115 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
20116 emacs --batch
20117 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20118 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20119 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20121 \(fn)" nil nil)
20123 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-exp" "\
20124 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20125 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20127 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20129 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-exp" "\
20130 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20131 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20132 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20133 command to convert it.
20135 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20137 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-exp" "\
20138 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20139 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20140 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20141 cut-and-paste operations.
20142 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20143 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20144 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20145 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20147 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20149 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20150 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20152 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20154 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-exp" "\
20155 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20156 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20157 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20158 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20159 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the HTML buffer.
20160 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20161 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20162 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20163 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20164 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20165 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20166 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20167 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20168 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20170 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20172 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-exp" "\
20173 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20174 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20175 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20176 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20177 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20178 need into your CSS file.
20180 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20181 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20182 that uses these same face definitions.
20184 \(fn)" t nil)
20186 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-exp" "\
20187 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20188 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20189 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20191 \(fn)" t nil)
20193 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
20194 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20195 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20196 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20198 \(fn)" t nil)
20200 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
20201 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20202 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20204 \(fn)" t nil)
20206 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-exp" "\
20207 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20208 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20210 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20212 ;;;***
20214 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20215 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20216 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "org/org-export-latex.el"
20217 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20218 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-export-latex.el
20220 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
20221 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20222 For example:
20224 emacs --batch
20225 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20226 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20227 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20229 \(fn)" nil nil)
20231 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
20232 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20233 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20235 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20237 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20238 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20239 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20240 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20241 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20242 then use this command to convert it.
20244 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20246 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20247 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20248 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20249 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20250 cut-and-paste operations.
20251 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20252 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20253 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20254 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20256 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20258 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20259 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20261 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20263 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20264 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20265 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20266 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20267 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20268 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20269 convert them as description lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't
20270 display the LaTeX buffer. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20271 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20272 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20273 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20274 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20275 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20276 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20277 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
20278 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
20279 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20281 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20283 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-export-latex" "\
20284 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20286 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20288 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-export-latex" "\
20289 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20291 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20293 ;;;***
20295 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20296 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (18836 39031))
20297 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20299 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20300 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20301 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
20302 jump to the refernces. When neither at definition or reference,
20303 create a new footnote, interactively.
20304 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20306 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20308 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20309 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20310 This find the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20311 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20312 Org-mode exporters.
20313 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20314 referenced sequence.
20316 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
20318 ;;;***
20320 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find-id-file org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
20321 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
20322 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (18825 40644))
20323 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20325 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20326 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20327 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20328 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20330 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20332 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20333 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20334 Create an ID if necessary.
20336 \(fn)" t nil)
20338 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20339 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20340 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20341 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20342 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20343 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20344 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20346 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20348 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20349 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20350 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20351 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20352 eligible.
20353 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20355 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20357 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20358 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20359 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20360 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20362 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20364 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20365 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20366 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20368 \(fn ID)" t nil)
20370 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20371 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20372 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20373 if there is no entry with that ID.
20374 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20376 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20378 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20379 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20381 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
20383 ;;;***
20385 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20386 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20387 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20389 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20390 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20392 \(fn)" nil nil)
20394 ;;;***
20396 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
20397 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20398 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
20400 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
20401 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
20402 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
20403 line directly before or after the table.
20405 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
20407 ;;;***
20409 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20410 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20411 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20412 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20414 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
20416 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20417 Publish PROJECT.
20419 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20421 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20422 Publish all projects.
20423 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20425 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20427 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20428 Publish the current file.
20429 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20431 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20433 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20434 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20435 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20436 the project.
20438 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20440 ;;;***
20442 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20443 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20444 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (18846 51310))
20445 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20447 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20448 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
20450 \(fn)" nil nil)
20452 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20453 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20454 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20455 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20456 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20458 \(fn)" nil nil)
20460 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20461 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20462 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20463 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20465 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20467 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20468 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20469 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20470 of the remember buffer.
20472 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20473 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20474 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
20475 note stored by remember.
20477 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20478 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20480 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20482 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20483 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20484 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
20485 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
20486 `org-remember-default-headline'.
20488 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
20489 is 1 (so you must use `C-1 C-c C-c' to exit remember), an interactive
20490 process is used to select the target location.
20492 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-0 C-c C-c'),
20493 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
20495 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with `C-2 C-c C-c'),
20496 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
20497 currently running.
20499 When `C-u' has been used as prefix argument, the note is stored and emacs
20500 moves point to the new location of the note, so that editing can be
20501 continued there (similar to inserting \"%&\" into the template).
20503 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
20504 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
20505 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
20506 some additional data.
20508 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20509 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20510 \(i.e. after the stars).
20512 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20514 \(fn)" nil nil)
20516 ;;;***
20518 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
20519 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (18825 40644))
20520 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20522 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20523 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20525 \(fn)" nil nil)
20527 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20528 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20532 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
20533 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
20534 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
20535 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
20536 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
20538 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
20540 ;;;***
20542 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
20543 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
20544 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
20545 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
20547 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
20548 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
20549 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
20550 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
20551 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
20552 without user interaction.
20553 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
20554 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
20555 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
20556 the region 0:00:00.
20558 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
20560 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
20561 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
20562 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
20563 a `C-u' prefix, force restarting the timer.
20564 When used with a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', change all the timer string
20565 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
20566 that was not started at the correct moment.
20568 \(fn &optional RESTART)" t nil)
20570 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
20571 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
20573 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
20575 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
20576 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
20578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20580 ;;;***
20582 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20583 ;;;;;; (18918 28195))
20584 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20585 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20587 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20588 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20589 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20590 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20592 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20593 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20594 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20595 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20597 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20598 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20599 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20600 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20601 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20602 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20604 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20605 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20606 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20608 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20609 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20610 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20611 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20612 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20613 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20614 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20615 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20616 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20617 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20618 The subheadings remain visible.
20619 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20621 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20622 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20623 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20625 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20626 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20628 \(fn)" t nil)
20630 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20631 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20632 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20633 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20637 ;;;***
20639 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18885 457))
20640 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20642 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20643 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20644 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20645 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20646 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20647 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20649 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20651 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20652 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20653 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20654 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20656 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20657 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20661 ;;;***
20663 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20664 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
20665 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20667 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20668 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20669 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20670 unknown are returned as nil.
20672 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20674 ;;;***
20676 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18791
20677 ;;;;;; 16532))
20678 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20680 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20681 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20682 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20684 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20685 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20687 Other useful functions are:
20689 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20690 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20691 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20692 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20693 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20694 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20695 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20696 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20697 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20699 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20701 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20702 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20703 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20704 Indentation for case statements.
20705 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20706 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20707 mark after an end.
20708 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20709 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20710 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20711 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20712 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20713 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20714 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20715 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20716 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20717 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20719 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20720 pascal-separator-keywords.
20722 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20723 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20725 \(fn)" t nil)
20727 ;;;***
20729 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20730 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
20731 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20733 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20734 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20735 The keys affected are:
20736 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20737 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20738 M-Backspace does undo.
20739 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20740 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20741 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20743 \(fn)" t nil)
20745 ;;;***
20747 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20748 ;;;;;; (18807 64495))
20749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20751 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20752 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20753 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20755 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20756 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20758 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20760 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20761 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20763 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20765 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20766 which modify the status of the mark.
20768 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20769 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20771 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20772 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20774 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20775 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20776 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20777 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20778 turning PC Selection mode on.
20780 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20781 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20783 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20784 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20785 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20787 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20788 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20789 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20791 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20792 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20794 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20795 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20796 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20798 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20799 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20800 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20802 F6 other-window
20803 DELETE delete-char
20804 C-DELETE kill-line
20805 M-DELETE kill-word
20806 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20807 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20808 M-BACKSPACE undo
20810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20812 ;;;***
20814 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18787
20815 ;;;;;; 48917))
20816 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20818 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20819 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20821 \(fn)" nil nil)
20823 ;;;***
20825 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20826 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18787 48917))
20827 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20829 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20830 Completion for `gzip'.
20832 \(fn)" nil nil)
20834 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20835 Completion for `bzip2'.
20837 \(fn)" nil nil)
20839 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20840 Completion for GNU `make'.
20842 \(fn)" nil nil)
20844 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20845 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20847 \(fn)" nil nil)
20849 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20851 ;;;***
20853 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20854 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18787 48917))
20855 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20857 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20858 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20860 \(fn)" nil nil)
20862 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20863 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20865 \(fn)" nil nil)
20867 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20868 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20870 \(fn)" nil nil)
20872 ;;;***
20874 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18817
20875 ;;;;;; 44748))
20876 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20878 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20879 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20880 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20881 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20882 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20883 You can use \\[report-emacs-bug] to do so.
20885 \(fn)" nil nil)
20887 ;;;***
20889 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20890 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20891 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18787 48917))
20892 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20894 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20895 Completion for `cd'.
20897 \(fn)" nil nil)
20899 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20901 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20902 Completion for `rmdir'.
20904 \(fn)" nil nil)
20906 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20907 Completion for `rm'.
20909 \(fn)" nil nil)
20911 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20912 Completion for `xargs'.
20914 \(fn)" nil nil)
20916 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20918 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20919 Completion for `which'.
20921 \(fn)" nil nil)
20923 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20924 Completion for the `chown' command.
20926 \(fn)" nil nil)
20928 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20929 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20931 \(fn)" nil nil)
20933 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20934 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20936 \(fn)" nil nil)
20938 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20939 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20940 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20942 \(fn)" nil nil)
20944 ;;;***
20946 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20947 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20948 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18787
20949 ;;;;;; 48917))
20950 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20952 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20953 Support extensible programmable completion.
20954 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20955 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20957 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20959 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20960 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20962 \(fn)" t nil)
20964 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20965 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20966 This will modify the current buffer.
20968 \(fn)" t nil)
20970 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20971 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20973 \(fn)" t nil)
20975 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20976 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20977 This will modify the current buffer.
20979 \(fn)" t nil)
20981 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20982 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20984 \(fn)" t nil)
20986 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20987 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20989 \(fn)" t nil)
20991 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20992 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20993 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20994 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20995 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20997 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20999 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21000 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
21002 \(fn)" nil nil)
21004 ;;;***
21006 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21007 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21008 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18817 44748))
21009 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
21011 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21012 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21013 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21014 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21016 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21018 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21020 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21021 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21022 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21023 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21024 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21025 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21026 FLAGS is ignored.
21028 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21030 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21031 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21032 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21033 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21034 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21035 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21036 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21037 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21039 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21041 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21042 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21043 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21044 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21045 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21046 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21047 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21048 passed to cvs.
21050 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21052 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21053 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21054 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21055 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21056 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21057 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21058 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21060 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21062 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21063 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21064 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21066 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21068 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21069 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21070 A value of nil means never do it.
21071 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21072 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21073 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21075 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21077 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21078 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21079 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21081 ;;;***
21083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18787 48917))
21084 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
21086 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21088 ;;;***
21090 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21091 ;;;;;; (18815 49095))
21092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21093 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21094 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21095 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21096 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21097 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21098 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21100 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21101 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21102 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21103 Tab indents for Perl code.
21104 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21105 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21106 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21107 \\{perl-mode-map}
21108 Variables controlling indentation style:
21109 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21110 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21111 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21112 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21113 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21114 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21115 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21116 `perl-nochange'
21117 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21118 `perl-indent-level'
21119 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21120 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21121 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21122 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21123 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21124 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21125 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21126 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21127 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21128 `perl-brace-offset'
21129 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21130 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21131 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21132 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21133 `perl-label-offset'
21134 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21135 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21136 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21138 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21139 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21140 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21141 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21142 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21143 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21144 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21146 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21148 \(fn)" t nil)
21150 ;;;***
21152 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
21153 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
21154 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
21155 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18787 48917))
21156 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
21158 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
21159 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
21161 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21163 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21164 passphrase cache or user.
21166 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21168 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
21169 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
21171 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21172 cache or user.
21174 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21176 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
21177 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
21179 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21180 the region.
21182 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21183 passphrase cache or user.
21185 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21187 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
21188 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
21190 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21192 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21193 the region.
21195 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21196 passphrase cache or user.
21198 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21200 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
21201 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
21203 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21204 passphrase cache or user.
21206 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21208 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
21209 Decrypt the current buffer.
21211 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
21212 the region.
21214 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21215 passphrase cache or user.
21217 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21219 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
21220 Make the signature from text between START and END.
21222 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
21223 a detached signature.
21225 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21226 and the output is displayed.
21228 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21229 passphrase cache or user.
21231 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21233 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
21234 Sign the current buffer.
21236 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
21237 detached signature.
21239 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
21240 within the region.
21242 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21243 and the output is displayed.
21245 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21246 passphrase cache or user.
21248 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21250 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
21251 Verify the current region between START and END.
21252 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21253 the detached signature of the current region.
21255 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21256 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21258 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
21260 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
21261 Verify the current buffer.
21262 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21263 the detached signature of the current region.
21264 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21265 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21266 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
21267 within the region.
21269 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
21271 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
21272 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
21274 \(fn)" t nil)
21276 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
21277 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
21279 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21281 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
21282 Import public keys in the current buffer.
21284 \(fn)" t nil)
21286 ;;;***
21288 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
21289 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
21290 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
21292 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
21293 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
21295 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
21297 ;;;***
21299 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21300 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
21301 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21303 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21304 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21305 \\<picture-mode-map>
21306 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21307 afterwards settable by these commands:
21309 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21310 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21311 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21312 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21314 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21315 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21316 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21317 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21319 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21320 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21321 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21322 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21324 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21325 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21326 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21327 with these commands:
21329 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21330 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21331 Move to column following last
21332 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21333 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21334 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21335 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21336 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21337 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21339 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21341 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21342 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21343 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21344 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21345 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21346 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21348 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21349 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21350 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21351 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21352 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21353 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21354 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21356 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21357 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21358 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21359 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21360 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21361 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21362 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21363 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
21365 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21366 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21367 by supplying an argument.
21369 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21371 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21372 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21374 \(fn)" t nil)
21376 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21378 ;;;***
21380 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21381 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
21382 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21384 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21385 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21386 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21388 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21390 ;;;***
21392 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18787 48933))
21393 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21395 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21396 Play pong and waste time.
21397 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21398 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21400 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21402 \\{pong-mode-map}
21404 \(fn)" t nil)
21406 ;;;***
21408 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21409 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21410 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
21411 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21413 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21414 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21415 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21416 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21418 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21420 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21421 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21423 \(fn)" nil nil)
21425 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21426 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21427 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21428 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21429 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21431 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21433 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21434 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21435 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21437 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21439 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21440 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21442 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21444 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21445 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21446 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21447 Ignores leading comment characters.
21449 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21451 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21452 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21453 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21454 Ignores leading comment characters.
21456 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21458 ;;;***
21460 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21461 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21462 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21463 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21464 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21465 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21466 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21467 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21468 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21469 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21470 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21471 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21472 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21473 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21474 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21475 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21476 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21477 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21478 ;;;;;; (18787 48917))
21479 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21481 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21482 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21484 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21486 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21488 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21490 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21491 Preview directory using ghostview.
21493 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21494 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21495 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21496 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21498 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21499 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21500 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21501 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21502 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21503 file name.
21505 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21507 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21509 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21510 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21512 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21513 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21514 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21515 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21517 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21518 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21519 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21520 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21521 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21522 file name.
21524 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21526 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21528 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21529 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21531 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21532 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21533 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21534 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21536 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21537 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21538 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21539 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21540 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21541 file name.
21543 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21545 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21547 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21548 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21550 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21552 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21553 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21554 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21555 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21557 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21558 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21559 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21560 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21561 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21562 file name.
21564 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21566 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21568 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21569 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21571 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21572 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21573 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21575 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21576 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21577 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21578 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21580 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21582 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21583 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21585 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21586 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21587 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21589 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21590 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21591 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21592 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21594 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21596 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21597 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21599 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21600 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21601 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21603 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21604 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21605 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21606 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21608 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21610 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21611 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21613 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21615 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21616 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21617 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21619 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21620 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21621 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21622 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21624 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21626 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21627 Preview region using ghostview.
21629 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21631 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21633 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21634 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21636 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21638 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21640 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21641 Print region using PostScript printer.
21643 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21645 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21647 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21648 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21650 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21652 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21654 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21655 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21657 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21659 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21661 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21662 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21664 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21666 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21668 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21669 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21671 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21673 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21675 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21676 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21678 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21680 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21682 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21683 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21684 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21685 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21687 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21688 matching.
21690 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21691 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21693 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21695 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21697 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21698 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21699 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21700 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21702 \(fn)" t nil)
21704 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21705 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21706 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21707 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21709 \(fn)" t nil)
21711 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21712 Print directory using text printer.
21714 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21715 matching.
21717 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21718 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21720 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21722 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21724 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21725 Print buffer using text printer.
21727 \(fn)" t nil)
21729 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21730 Print region using text printer.
21732 \(fn)" t nil)
21734 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21735 Print major mode using text printer.
21737 \(fn)" t nil)
21739 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21740 Preview spooled PostScript.
21742 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21743 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21744 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21746 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21747 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21748 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21750 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21752 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21753 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21755 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21756 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21757 instead of sending it to the printer.
21759 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21760 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21761 image in a file with that name.
21763 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21765 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21766 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21768 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21769 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21770 instead of sending it to the printer.
21772 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21773 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21774 image in a file with that name.
21776 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21778 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21779 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21781 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21782 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21783 instead of sending it to the printer.
21785 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21786 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21787 image in a file with that name.
21789 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21791 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21792 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21794 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21796 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21797 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21799 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21801 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21802 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21804 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21806 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21807 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21809 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21811 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21812 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21814 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21816 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21817 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21819 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21820 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21821 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21822 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21824 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21825 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21826 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21827 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21828 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21829 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21830 file name.
21832 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21834 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21835 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21837 \(fn)" t nil)
21839 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21840 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21842 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21843 right.
21844 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21845 bottom.
21847 \(fn)" t nil)
21849 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21850 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21852 \(fn)" t nil)
21854 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21855 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21857 \(fn)" t nil)
21859 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21860 Toggle printing with faces.
21862 \(fn)" t nil)
21864 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21865 Toggle spooling.
21867 \(fn)" t nil)
21869 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21870 Toggle duplex.
21872 \(fn)" t nil)
21874 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21875 Toggle tumble.
21877 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21878 right.
21879 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21880 bottom.
21882 \(fn)" t nil)
21884 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21885 Toggle landscape.
21887 \(fn)" t nil)
21889 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21890 Toggle upside-down.
21892 \(fn)" t nil)
21894 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21895 Toggle line number.
21897 \(fn)" t nil)
21899 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21900 Toggle zebra stripes.
21902 \(fn)" t nil)
21904 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21905 Toggle printing header.
21907 \(fn)" t nil)
21909 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21910 Toggle printing header frame.
21912 \(fn)" t nil)
21914 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21915 Toggle menu lock.
21917 \(fn)" t nil)
21919 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21920 Toggle auto region.
21922 \(fn)" t nil)
21924 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21925 Toggle auto mode.
21927 \(fn)" t nil)
21929 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21930 Customization of the `printing' group.
21932 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21934 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21935 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21937 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21939 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21940 Help for the printing package.
21942 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21944 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21945 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21947 \(fn)" t nil)
21949 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21950 Interactively select a text printer.
21952 \(fn)" t nil)
21954 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21955 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21957 \(fn)" t nil)
21959 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21960 Show current ps-print settings.
21962 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21964 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21965 Show current printing settings.
21967 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21969 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21970 Show current lpr settings.
21972 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21974 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21975 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21977 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21978 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21979 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21980 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21983 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21985 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21986 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21987 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21989 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21990 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21991 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21992 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21993 current active printer.
21995 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21996 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21997 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21998 printer.
22000 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22001 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22002 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22003 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22004 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22007 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22008 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22010 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22012 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22013 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22014 be done using the new current active printer.
22016 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22017 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22018 printer.
22020 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22021 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22022 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22023 instead of sending it to the printer.
22025 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22026 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22027 printer.
22029 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22032 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22033 are both set to t.
22035 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22037 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22038 Fast fire function for text printing.
22040 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22041 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22042 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22043 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22045 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22046 user for a new active text printer.
22048 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22050 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22052 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22053 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22054 printer.
22056 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22058 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22059 are both set to t.
22061 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22063 ;;;***
22065 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (18926 29403))
22066 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22068 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22069 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22070 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22071 information will be displayed but not selected.
22072 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22074 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22078 ;;;***
22080 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
22081 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
22082 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22084 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22085 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
22086 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
22087 Commands:
22088 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22089 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22090 if that value is non-nil.
22092 \(fn)" t nil)
22094 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
22096 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
22097 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22098 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
22100 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22102 ;;;***
22104 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18794
22105 ;;;;;; 5653))
22106 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22108 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22109 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22110 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22112 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22114 ;;;***
22116 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18830
22117 ;;;;;; 712))
22118 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22120 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22121 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22123 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22125 The following variables hold user options, and can
22126 be set through the `customize' command:
22128 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22129 `ps-mode-tab'
22130 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22131 `ps-mode-print-function'
22132 `ps-run-prompt'
22133 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22134 `ps-run-x'
22135 `ps-run-dumb'
22136 `ps-run-init'
22137 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22138 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22140 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22143 \\{ps-mode-map}
22146 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22147 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22148 The keymap for this second window is:
22150 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22153 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22154 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22155 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22156 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22157 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22159 \(fn)" t nil)
22161 ;;;***
22163 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22164 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22165 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22166 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22167 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22168 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18853
22169 ;;;;;; 19460))
22170 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22172 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk")) "\
22173 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22174 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22176 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22178 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22179 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22180 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22181 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22183 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22185 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22186 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22188 Valid values are:
22190 nil Do not print colors.
22192 t Print colors.
22194 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22195 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22197 Any other value is treated as t.")
22199 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22201 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22202 Customization of ps-print group.
22204 \(fn)" t nil)
22206 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22207 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22209 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22210 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22211 sending it to the printer.
22213 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22214 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22215 image in a file with that name.
22217 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22219 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22220 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22221 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22222 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22223 so it has a way to determine color values.
22225 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22227 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22228 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22229 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22231 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22233 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22234 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22235 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22236 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22237 so it has a way to determine color values.
22239 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22241 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22242 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22243 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22244 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22246 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22248 \(fn)" t nil)
22250 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22251 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22252 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22253 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22254 so it has a way to determine color values.
22256 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22258 \(fn)" t nil)
22260 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22261 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22262 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22264 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22266 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22268 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22269 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22270 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22271 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22272 so it has a way to determine color values.
22274 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22276 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22278 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22279 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22281 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22282 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22283 instead of sending it to the printer.
22285 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22286 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22287 image in a file with that name.
22289 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22291 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22292 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22293 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22294 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22295 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22297 \(fn)" t nil)
22299 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22300 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22301 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22303 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22305 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22306 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22307 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22309 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22311 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22312 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22314 \(fn)" nil nil)
22316 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22317 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22319 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22320 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22322 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22323 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22325 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22327 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22329 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22331 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22332 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22334 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22335 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22337 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22338 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22340 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22342 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22344 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22346 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22347 foreground and background colors respectively.
22349 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22350 bold - use bold font.
22351 italic - use italic font.
22352 underline - put a line under text.
22353 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22354 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22355 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22356 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22357 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22359 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22361 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22363 ;;;***
22365 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
22366 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (18848 909))
22367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22369 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
22371 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
22373 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
22375 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22376 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22377 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
22378 buffer automatically.
22380 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
22381 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
22382 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
22383 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
22384 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
22385 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
22386 documentation for `python-buffer'.
22388 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22389 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
22390 buffer for a list of commands.)
22392 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22394 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22395 Major mode for editing Python files.
22396 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22397 for correct parsing of the source.
22398 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22399 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22400 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22402 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22403 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22404 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22405 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22406 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22407 \\<python-mode-map>
22408 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22409 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22410 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22411 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22412 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22413 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22415 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22416 effect outside them.
22418 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22419 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22420 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22421 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22422 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22423 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22424 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22425 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22426 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22428 \\{python-mode-map}
22430 \(fn)" t nil)
22432 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22433 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22434 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22435 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22437 \(fn)" t nil)
22439 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
22440 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
22441 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
22442 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
22443 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
22444 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
22446 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
22447 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
22448 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
22449 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
22450 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
22451 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
22452 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
22454 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
22455 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
22456 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
22457 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
22458 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
22460 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
22461 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
22462 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
22463 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
22464 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
22465 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
22466 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
22467 mode.
22469 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
22470 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
22471 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
22472 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
22473 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
22474 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
22475 filter.
22477 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
22479 ;;;***
22481 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22482 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
22483 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22485 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22486 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22487 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22488 coding-system.
22490 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22491 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22493 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22494 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22495 them into characters should be done separately.
22497 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22499 ;;;***
22501 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22502 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22503 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22504 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22505 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18935 28927))
22506 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22508 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22509 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22511 \(fn)" nil nil)
22513 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22514 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22515 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22517 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22518 `quail-activate', which see.
22520 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22522 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22523 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22524 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22525 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22526 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22527 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22528 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22530 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22531 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22532 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22533 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22534 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22535 shown.
22536 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22538 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22539 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22540 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22541 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22542 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22543 list of candidates.
22545 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22546 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22547 command to be called.
22549 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22550 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22551 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22552 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22554 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22555 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22556 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22557 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22558 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22559 to t.
22561 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22562 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22563 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22564 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22566 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22567 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22568 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22569 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22571 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22572 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22573 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22574 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22575 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22576 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22578 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22579 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22580 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22581 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22582 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22583 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22585 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22586 covers Quail translation region.
22588 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22589 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22590 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22591 for it) is inserted.
22593 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22594 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22595 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22597 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22598 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22599 non-Quail commands.
22601 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22603 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22604 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22606 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22607 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22608 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22609 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22610 you type is correctly handled.
22612 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22614 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22615 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22617 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22618 keyboard type.
22620 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22622 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22623 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22624 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22625 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22626 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22627 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22628 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22629 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22630 for the translation.
22631 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22633 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22634 it is used to handle KEY.
22636 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22637 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22638 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22639 the following annotation types are supported.
22641 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22642 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22644 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22645 candidate list.
22647 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22648 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22649 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22650 inserted.
22652 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22653 generated for the following translations.
22655 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22657 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22658 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22660 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22661 which to install MAP.
22663 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22665 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22667 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22668 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22670 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22671 which to install MAP.
22673 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22675 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22677 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22678 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22679 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22680 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22681 a function, or a cons.
22682 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22683 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22684 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22685 for the translation.
22686 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22687 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22688 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22689 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22690 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22692 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22693 it is used to handle KEY.
22695 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22696 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22697 current Quail package.
22699 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22700 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22702 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22704 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22705 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22707 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22708 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22710 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22712 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22713 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22715 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22717 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22718 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22719 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22720 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22721 of the Emacs source tree.
22723 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22724 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22726 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22727 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22728 of each directory.
22730 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22732 ;;;***
22734 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22735 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22736 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18787
22737 ;;;;;; 48930))
22738 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22740 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22741 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22742 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22743 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22745 To make use of this do something like:
22747 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22749 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22751 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22752 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22754 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22755 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22756 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22758 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22760 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22761 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22763 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22765 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22766 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22768 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22769 is decided.
22771 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22773 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22774 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22776 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22777 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22778 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22780 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22782 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22783 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22785 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22787 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22788 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22790 \(fn)" t nil)
22792 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22793 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22795 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22797 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22799 \(fn)" t nil)
22801 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22802 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22804 \(fn)" t nil)
22806 ;;;***
22808 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22809 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18921 19471))
22810 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22812 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22813 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22815 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22817 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22819 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22821 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22823 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22824 Not documented
22826 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22828 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22829 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22830 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22831 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22832 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22833 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22835 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22837 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22838 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22842 ;;;***
22844 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18787
22845 ;;;;;; 48931))
22846 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22848 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22849 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22850 See \\[compile].
22852 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22854 ;;;***
22856 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22857 ;;;;;; (18791 16517))
22858 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22860 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22862 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22863 Construct a regexp interactively.
22865 \(fn)" t nil)
22867 ;;;***
22869 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18787 48917))
22870 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22872 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22873 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22874 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22875 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22876 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22877 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22879 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22881 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22882 Toggle recentf mode.
22883 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22884 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22886 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22887 that were operated on recently.
22889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22891 ;;;***
22893 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22894 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22895 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22896 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18787
22897 ;;;;;; 48917))
22898 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22899 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22900 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22901 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22902 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22903 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22904 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22906 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22907 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22908 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22909 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22911 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22913 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22915 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22916 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22917 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22918 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22919 ends.
22921 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22922 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22923 to be deleted.
22925 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22927 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22928 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22929 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22931 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22932 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22933 deleted.
22935 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22937 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22938 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22939 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22941 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22943 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22944 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22946 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22947 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22949 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22950 deleted.
22952 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22953 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22954 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22955 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22956 even beep.)
22958 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22960 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22961 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22963 \(fn)" t nil)
22965 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22966 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22967 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22968 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22969 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22970 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22971 and point is at the lower right corner.
22973 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22975 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22976 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22978 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22979 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22981 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22982 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22983 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22985 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22987 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22989 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22990 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22991 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22992 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22993 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22995 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22996 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22998 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23000 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23001 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23002 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23004 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23006 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23008 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23010 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23011 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23013 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23014 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23015 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23017 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23019 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23020 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23021 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23023 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23024 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23025 rectangle which were empty.
23027 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23029 ;;;***
23031 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18787
23032 ;;;;;; 48936))
23033 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23035 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23036 Toggle Refill minor mode.
23037 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23039 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
23040 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
23041 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
23043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23045 ;;;***
23047 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23048 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18787 48936))
23049 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23051 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23052 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23054 \(fn)" nil nil)
23056 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23057 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23059 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23060 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23062 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23063 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23064 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23065 \\ref macro.
23067 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23068 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23069 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23071 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23072 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23073 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23075 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23076 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23078 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23079 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23081 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23082 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23083 on the menu bar.
23085 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23089 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23090 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23091 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23093 \(fn)" nil nil)
23095 ;;;***
23097 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23098 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23099 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23101 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23102 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23103 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23104 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23105 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23106 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23108 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23110 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23112 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23113 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23114 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23115 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23116 `reftex-cite-format'.
23118 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23119 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23120 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23121 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23123 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23125 ;;;***
23127 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23128 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23129 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23131 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23132 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23133 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23134 the current TeX document.
23136 With no argument, this command toggles
23137 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23138 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23142 ;;;***
23144 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23145 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23146 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23148 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23149 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23150 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23152 To insert new phrases, use
23153 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23154 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23156 To index phrases use one of:
23158 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23159 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23160 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23161 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23162 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23164 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23165 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23167 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23169 Here are all local bindings.
23171 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
23173 \(fn)" t nil)
23175 ;;;***
23177 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23178 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23179 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23181 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23182 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23183 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23184 of master file.
23186 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23188 ;;;***
23190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18787
23191 ;;;;;; 48936))
23192 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23193 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23194 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23195 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23196 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23198 ;;;***
23200 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23201 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
23202 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23204 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23205 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23206 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23207 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23208 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23209 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23211 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23212 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23214 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23215 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23217 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23219 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23220 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23221 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23222 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23224 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23226 ;;;***
23228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "register" "register.el" (18873 47505))
23229 ;;; Generated autoloads from register.el
23230 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "\C-@" 'point-to-register)
23231 (define-key ctl-x-r-map [?\C-\ ] 'point-to-register)
23232 (define-key ctl-x-r-map " " 'point-to-register)
23233 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "j" 'jump-to-register)
23234 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "s" 'copy-to-register)
23235 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "x" 'copy-to-register)
23236 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "i" 'insert-register)
23237 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "g" 'insert-register)
23238 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "r" 'copy-rectangle-to-register)
23239 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "n" 'number-to-register)
23240 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "+" 'increment-register)
23241 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "w" 'window-configuration-to-register)
23242 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "f" 'frame-configuration-to-register)
23244 ;;;***
23246 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23247 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23248 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
23249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23251 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23252 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23253 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23254 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23256 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23258 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23260 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23261 Call `remember' in another frame.
23263 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23265 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23266 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23267 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23268 application.
23270 \(fn)" t nil)
23272 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23273 Extract diary entries from the region.
23275 \(fn)" nil nil)
23277 ;;;***
23279 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18791 16512))
23280 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23282 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23283 Repeat most recently executed command.
23284 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23285 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23286 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23288 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23289 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23290 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23291 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23293 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23294 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23295 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23297 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23299 ;;;***
23301 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23302 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
23303 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23305 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23306 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23308 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23309 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23310 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23311 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23312 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23313 and point is left after the salutation.
23315 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23316 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23317 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23318 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23319 left after that text.
23321 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23322 is non-nil.
23324 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23325 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23326 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23327 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23329 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23331 ;;;***
23333 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23334 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
23335 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23337 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23338 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23339 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23340 visibility of comments that precede it.
23341 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23342 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23343 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23344 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23345 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23346 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23347 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23348 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23349 the comment lines.
23350 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23351 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23352 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23353 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23354 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23358 ;;;***
23360 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23361 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
23362 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23364 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23365 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23366 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23368 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23369 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23370 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23374 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23375 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23376 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23377 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23378 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23379 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23381 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23383 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23384 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23385 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23387 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23388 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23389 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23393 ;;;***
23395 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23396 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
23397 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23399 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23400 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23402 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23404 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23405 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23407 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23409 ;;;***
23411 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18787 48931))
23412 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23413 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
23415 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23416 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23417 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23418 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23420 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23422 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23423 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23424 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23425 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23427 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23428 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23430 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23431 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23433 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23434 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23435 INPUT-ARGS.
23437 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23438 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23439 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23440 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23441 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23443 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23444 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23445 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23446 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23448 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23449 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23450 variable.
23452 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23454 ;;;***
23456 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23457 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23458 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23459 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23460 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail"
23461 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail.el" (18911 46082))
23462 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23464 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23465 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23466 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23468 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23470 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23471 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23472 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
23473 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
23474 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
23476 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
23477 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
23479 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23481 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
23482 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23483 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
23484 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
23485 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
23486 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
23487 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
23489 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
23490 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23491 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23492 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23493 which normally happens once for each message,
23494 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23495 To make a change in this variable take effect
23496 for a message that you have already viewed,
23497 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23499 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23501 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23502 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23503 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23504 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23506 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23508 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:" "\
23509 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23511 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23513 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
23514 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23515 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23517 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23519 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23520 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23521 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23522 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23523 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23524 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23526 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23528 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
23529 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23531 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23533 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
23534 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23536 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23538 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23539 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23541 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23542 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23544 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23546 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23547 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23549 This is set to nil by default.")
23551 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23552 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23553 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23554 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23555 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23556 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23557 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23559 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23560 Read and edit incoming mail.
23561 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23562 file in RMAIL Mode.
23563 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23565 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23566 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23567 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23568 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23570 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23572 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23574 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23575 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23576 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23577 Instead, these commands are available:
23579 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23580 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23581 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23582 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23583 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23584 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23585 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23586 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23587 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23588 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23589 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23590 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23591 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23592 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23593 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23594 till a deleted message is found.
23595 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23596 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23597 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23598 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23599 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23600 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23601 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23602 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23603 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23604 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23605 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23606 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23607 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23608 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23609 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23610 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23611 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23612 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23613 (label defaults to last one specified).
23614 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23615 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23616 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23617 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23618 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23619 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23620 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23621 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23622 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23624 \(fn)" t nil)
23626 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23627 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23629 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23631 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23632 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23634 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23636 ;;;***
23638 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23639 ;;;;;; (18911 46082))
23640 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23642 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23643 Edit the contents of this message.
23645 \(fn)" t nil)
23647 ;;;***
23649 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23650 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23651 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18910 23702))
23652 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23654 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23655 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23656 Completes (see `rmail-read-label') over known labels when reading.
23657 LABEL may be a symbol or string. Only one label is allowed.
23659 \(fn LABEL)" t nil)
23661 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23662 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23663 Completes (see `rmail-read-label') over known labels when reading.
23664 LABEL may be a symbol or string. Only one label is allowed.
23666 \(fn LABEL)" t nil)
23668 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23669 Read a label with completion, prompting with PROMPT.
23670 Completions are chosen from `rmail-label-obarray'. The default
23671 is `rmail-last-label', if that is non-nil. Updates `rmail-last-label'
23672 according to the choice made, and returns a symbol.
23674 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23676 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23677 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23678 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23679 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23680 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23682 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23684 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23685 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23686 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23687 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23688 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23690 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23692 ;;;***
23694 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-mime) "rmailmm" "mail/rmailmm.el" (18865
23695 ;;;;;; 61687))
23696 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmm.el
23698 (autoload 'rmail-mime "rmailmm" "\
23699 Process the current Rmail message as a MIME message.
23700 This creates a temporary \"*RMAIL*\" buffer holding a decoded
23701 copy of the message. Content-types are handled according to
23702 `rmail-mime-media-type-handlers-alist'. By default, this
23703 displays text and multipart messages, and offers to download
23704 attachments as specfied by `rmail-mime-attachment-dirs-alist'.
23706 \(fn)" t nil)
23708 ;;;***
23710 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23711 ;;;;;; (18844 39826))
23712 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23714 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23715 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23716 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23717 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23719 This applies only to the current session.
23721 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23723 ;;;***
23725 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23726 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (18910 23702))
23727 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23729 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23730 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23731 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23732 case it writes Babyl.
23734 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23735 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23736 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23737 `rmail-default-file'.
23739 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23740 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23741 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23743 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23744 the header display is currently pruned.
23746 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23747 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23748 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23749 messages after output.
23751 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23752 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23753 message (if writing a file directly).
23755 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23756 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23758 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23760 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23761 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23762 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23763 i) the header is output as currently seen
23764 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23765 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23767 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23768 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23769 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23771 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23773 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23774 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23775 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23776 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23777 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23778 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23779 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23781 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23782 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23783 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23785 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23787 ;;;***
23789 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23790 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23791 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18863
23792 ;;;;;; 60809))
23793 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23795 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23796 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by \"Date\" header.
23797 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23799 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23801 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23802 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by \"Subject\" header.
23803 Ignores any \"Re: \" prefix. If prefix argument REVERSE is
23804 non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23806 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23808 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23809 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by author.
23810 This uses either the \"From\" or \"Sender\" header, downcased.
23811 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23813 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23815 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23816 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by recipient.
23817 This uses either the \"To\" or \"Apparently-To\" header, downcased.
23818 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23820 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23822 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23823 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by other correspondent.
23824 This uses either the \"From\", \"Sender\", \"To\", or
23825 \"Apparently-To\" header, downcased. Uses the first header not
23826 excluded by `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'. If prefix argument
23827 REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23829 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23831 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23832 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by the number of lines.
23833 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23835 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23837 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23838 Sort messages of current Rmail buffer by labels.
23839 LABELS is a comma-separated list of labels. The order of these
23840 labels specifies the order of messages: messages with the first
23841 label come first, messages with the second label come second, and
23842 so on. Messages that have none of these labels come last.
23843 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sorts in reverse order.
23845 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23847 ;;;***
23849 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-by-senders
23850 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients
23851 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
23852 ;;;;;; (18903 29194))
23853 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23855 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23856 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23858 \(fn)" t nil)
23860 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23861 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23862 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23864 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23866 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23867 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23868 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23869 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23870 only look in the To and From fields.
23871 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23873 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23875 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23876 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23877 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23878 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23879 Emacs will list the message in the summary.
23881 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23883 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23884 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23885 Normally checks just the Subject field of headers; but with prefix
23886 argument WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil, looks in the whole message.
23887 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23889 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23891 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23892 Display a summary of all messages whose \"From\" field matches SENDERS.
23893 SENDERS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23895 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23897 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23898 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23899 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23900 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23901 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23902 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23903 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23905 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23906 sent by you under different user names.
23907 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23909 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23911 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
23913 ;;;***
23915 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23916 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
23917 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23919 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23920 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23921 Return a pattern.
23923 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23925 ;;;***
23927 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23928 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
23929 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23931 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23932 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23933 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23934 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23936 \(fn)" t nil)
23938 ;;;***
23940 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23941 ;;;;;; (18787 48932))
23942 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23944 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23945 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23947 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23948 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23949 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23950 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23951 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23952 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23953 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23954 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23955 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23956 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23958 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23959 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23960 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23961 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23962 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23963 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23964 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23965 to use for finding the schema.
23967 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23969 ;;;***
23971 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18787
23972 ;;;;;; 48932))
23973 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23975 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23977 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23978 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23979 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23980 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23981 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23982 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23983 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23984 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23985 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23986 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23987 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23988 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23989 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23990 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23991 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23992 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23993 must be equal.
23995 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23997 ;;;***
23999 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24000 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (18821 3056))
24001 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24003 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24004 Define a robin package.
24006 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24007 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24008 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24009 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24011 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24012 one replaces the old one.
24014 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24016 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24017 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24019 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24020 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24021 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24023 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24025 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24026 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24028 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24030 ;;;***
24032 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24033 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18787 48918))
24034 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24036 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24037 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24039 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24041 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24042 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24044 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24046 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24047 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24049 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24051 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24052 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24053 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24055 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24056 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24057 in ROT13.
24059 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24061 \(fn)" t nil)
24063 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24064 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24066 \(fn)" t nil)
24068 ;;;***
24070 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24071 ;;;;;; (18846 2118))
24072 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24073 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode))
24075 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24076 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24077 \\<rst-mode-map>
24078 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24079 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24080 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24081 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24082 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24084 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24085 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24086 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
24087 font-locking of blocks.
24089 \\{rst-mode-map}
24091 \(fn)" t nil)
24093 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24094 ReST Minor Mode.
24095 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24096 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
24097 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
24098 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
24100 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24101 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24102 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24106 ;;;***
24108 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24109 ;;;;;; (18804 45209))
24110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24112 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24113 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24114 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24115 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24116 nesting into account.
24118 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24120 \\{ruby-mode-map}
24122 \(fn)" t nil)
24124 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.rb\\'" . ruby-mode))
24126 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons name 'ruby-mode)))
24128 ;;;***
24130 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18787
24131 ;;;;;; 48918))
24132 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24134 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24135 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
24137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24139 ;;;***
24141 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18787
24142 ;;;;;; 48922))
24143 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24145 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24146 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24147 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24148 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24150 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24152 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24153 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24154 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24156 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24157 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24158 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24160 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24161 notation.
24163 STRING
24164 matches string STRING literally.
24166 CHAR
24167 matches character CHAR literally.
24169 `not-newline', `nonl'
24170 matches any character except a newline.
24172 `anything'
24173 matches any character
24175 `(any SET ...)'
24176 `(in SET ...)'
24177 `(char SET ...)'
24178 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24179 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24180 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24182 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24183 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24184 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24185 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24187 `(not (any SET ...))'
24188 matches any character not in SET ...
24190 `line-start', `bol'
24191 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24192 in the text being matched
24194 `line-end', `eol'
24195 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24197 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24198 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24199 string being matched against.
24201 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24202 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24203 string being matched against.
24205 `buffer-start'
24206 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24207 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24209 `buffer-end'
24210 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24211 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24213 `point'
24214 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24216 `word-start', `bow'
24217 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24219 `word-end', `eow'
24220 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24222 `word-boundary'
24223 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24224 word.
24226 `(not word-boundary)'
24227 `not-word-boundary'
24228 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24229 word.
24231 `symbol-start'
24232 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24234 `symbol-end'
24235 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24237 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24238 matches 0 through 9.
24240 `control', `cntrl'
24241 matches ASCII control characters.
24243 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24244 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24246 `blank'
24247 matches space and tab only.
24249 `graphic', `graph'
24250 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24251 space, and DEL.
24253 `printing', `print'
24254 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24255 and DEL.
24257 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24258 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24259 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24261 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24262 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24263 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24265 `ascii'
24266 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24268 `nonascii'
24269 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24271 `lower', `lower-case'
24272 matches anything lower-case.
24274 `upper', `upper-case'
24275 matches anything upper-case.
24277 `punctuation', `punct'
24278 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24279 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24281 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24282 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24284 `word', `wordchar'
24285 matches anything that has word syntax.
24287 `not-wordchar'
24288 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24290 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24291 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24292 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24293 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24295 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24296 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24297 `word' (\\sw)
24298 `symbol' (\\s_)
24299 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24300 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24301 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24302 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24303 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24304 `escape' (\\s\\)
24305 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24306 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24307 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24308 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24309 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24311 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24312 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24314 `(category CATEGORY)'
24315 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24316 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24318 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24319 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24320 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24321 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24322 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24323 `symbol' (\\c5)
24324 `digit' (\\c6)
24325 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24326 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24327 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24328 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24329 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24330 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24331 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24332 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24333 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24334 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24335 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24336 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24337 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24338 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24339 `ascii' (\\ca)
24340 `arabic' (\\cb)
24341 `chinese' (\\cc)
24342 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24343 `greek' (\\cg)
24344 `korean' (\\ch)
24345 `indian' (\\ci)
24346 `japanese' (\\cj)
24347 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24348 `latin' (\\cl)
24349 `lao' (\\co)
24350 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24351 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24352 `thai' (\\ct)
24353 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24354 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24355 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24356 `can-break' (\\c|)
24358 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24359 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24361 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24362 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24363 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24364 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24365 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24367 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24368 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24369 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24370 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24372 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24373 another name for `submatch'.
24375 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24376 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24377 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24378 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24379 regular expression.
24381 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24382 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24383 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24384 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24385 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24387 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24388 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24390 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24391 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24393 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24394 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24395 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24397 `(* SEXP ...)'
24398 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24399 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24401 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24402 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24403 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24405 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24406 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24407 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24409 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24410 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24412 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24413 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24415 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24416 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24417 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24418 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24420 `(? SEXP ...)'
24421 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24423 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24424 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24426 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24427 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24428 matches N occurrences.
24430 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24431 matches N or more occurrences.
24433 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24434 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24435 matches N to M occurrences.
24437 `(backref N)'
24438 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24440 `(eval FORM)'
24441 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24442 `regexp-quote' it.
24444 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24445 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24447 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24449 ;;;***
24451 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
24452 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24453 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24455 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24456 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
24457 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
24458 interface.")
24460 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24462 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24463 Toggle savehist-mode.
24464 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24465 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24466 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24467 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24469 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24470 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24471 which is probably undesirable.
24473 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24475 ;;;***
24477 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24478 ;;;;;; (18787 48935))
24479 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24481 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24482 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24483 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24485 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24486 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24487 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24488 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24489 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24490 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24491 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24492 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24494 Commands:
24495 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24496 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24497 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24498 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24499 if that value is non-nil.
24501 \(fn)" t nil)
24503 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24504 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24505 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24507 Commands:
24508 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24509 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24510 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24511 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24512 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24513 that variable's value is a string.
24515 \(fn)" t nil)
24517 ;;;***
24519 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24520 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
24521 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24523 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24524 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24525 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24527 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24529 \(fn)" t nil)
24531 ;;;***
24533 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24534 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24535 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24537 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24538 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24539 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24542 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24544 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24546 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24547 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24548 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24549 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24550 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24554 ;;;***
24556 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24557 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
24558 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24560 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24561 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24562 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24563 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24564 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24565 during scrolling.
24567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24569 ;;;***
24571 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24572 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24573 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24574 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24575 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24576 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24577 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24578 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24579 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18910 23702))
24580 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24582 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
24583 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24585 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24586 king@grassland.com
24587 If `parens', they look like:
24588 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24589 If `angles', they look like:
24590 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24591 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
24592 derived from the envelope-from address.
24594 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
24595 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
24596 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
24597 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
24599 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24601 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24602 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24603 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24604 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24606 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24607 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24608 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24609 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24611 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24613 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24614 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24615 This is done when the message is initialized,
24616 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24618 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24620 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24621 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24622 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24624 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24626 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24628 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24629 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24630 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24631 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24632 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24633 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24634 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24636 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24638 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24639 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24641 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24643 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24644 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24645 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24646 be a Babyl file.")
24648 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24650 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24651 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24652 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24653 when you first send mail.")
24655 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24657 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24658 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24659 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24660 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24661 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24663 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24665 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24666 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24667 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24668 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24669 This file need not actually exist.")
24671 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24673 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24674 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24675 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24677 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24679 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24680 Alist of mail address aliases,
24681 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24682 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24683 can specify a different file name.)
24684 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24685 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24687 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24688 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24689 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24691 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24693 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24694 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24695 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24697 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24699 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24700 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24701 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24702 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24703 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24704 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24705 in the cited portion of the message.
24707 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24708 instead of no action.")
24710 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24712 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24713 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24714 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24715 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24716 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24718 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24720 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24721 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24722 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24723 If a string, that string is inserted.
24724 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24725 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24726 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24727 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24729 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24731 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24732 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24734 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24736 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24737 Directory for mail buffers.
24738 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24739 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24741 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24743 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24744 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24745 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24746 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24748 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24750 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24751 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
24752 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24753 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24754 is non-nil.")
24756 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24758 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24759 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24760 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24761 `query' means ask the user each time.
24762 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24763 The default is `mime'.
24764 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24765 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24767 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24769 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24770 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24771 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24773 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24774 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24776 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24777 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24778 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24779 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24780 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24781 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24782 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24783 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24784 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24785 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24786 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24787 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24788 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24790 \(fn)" t nil)
24792 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24793 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24794 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24795 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24797 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24799 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24800 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24801 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24802 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24803 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24804 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24806 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24807 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24808 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24810 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24811 User should not set this variable manually,
24812 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24813 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24814 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24815 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24817 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24818 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24819 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24820 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24822 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24823 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24825 \\<mail-mode-map>
24826 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24828 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24829 to move to message header fields:
24830 \\{mail-mode-map}
24832 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24833 when the message is initialized.
24835 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24836 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24838 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24839 is inserted.
24841 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24842 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24844 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24845 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24846 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24847 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24848 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24849 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24850 buffer without erasing the contents.
24852 The second through fifth arguments,
24853 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24854 the initial contents of those header fields.
24855 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24856 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24857 original message being replied to, or else an action
24858 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24859 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24860 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24861 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24862 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24863 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24865 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24867 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24868 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24870 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24872 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24873 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24875 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24877 ;;;***
24879 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24880 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (18871
24881 ;;;;;; 14577))
24882 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24884 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24885 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24886 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24887 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24888 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24889 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24891 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24892 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24894 If a server is already running, the server is not started.
24895 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24896 \\[server-start].
24898 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24900 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24901 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24902 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24903 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24905 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24907 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24908 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24909 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24910 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24911 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24912 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24914 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24916 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24917 Toggle Server mode.
24918 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24919 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24920 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24924 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24925 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24926 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24928 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24929 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24931 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24933 ;;;***
24935 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18787 48918))
24936 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24938 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24939 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24940 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24942 Key definitions:
24943 \\{ses-mode-map}
24944 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24945 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24946 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24947 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24949 \(fn)" t nil)
24951 ;;;***
24953 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24954 ;;;;;; (18791 16534))
24955 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24957 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24958 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24959 Makes > match <.
24960 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24961 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24963 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24964 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24965 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24967 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24968 in your `.emacs' file.
24970 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24972 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24973 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24974 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24976 \(fn)" t nil)
24978 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
24980 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24981 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24982 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24983 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24984 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24985 which this is based.
24987 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24989 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24990 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24991 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24992 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24994 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24995 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24996 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24998 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24999 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25000 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25001 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25003 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25004 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25005 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25006 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25008 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25010 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25011 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
25012 To work around that, do:
25013 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25015 \\{html-mode-map}
25017 \(fn)" t nil)
25019 ;;;***
25021 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25022 ;;;;;; (18846 2118))
25023 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25024 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25026 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25027 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25028 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25029 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25030 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25031 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25033 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25034 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25035 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25036 shell-specific features.
25038 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25039 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25040 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25041 \\<sh-mode-map>
25042 \\[sh-case] case statement
25043 \\[sh-for] for loop
25044 \\[sh-function] function definition
25045 \\[sh-if] if statement
25046 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25047 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25048 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25049 \\[sh-select] select loop
25050 \\[sh-until] until loop
25051 \\[sh-while] while loop
25053 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25054 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25055 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25056 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25057 would indent to the way it currently is.
25058 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25059 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25062 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25063 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25064 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25065 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25066 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25067 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25069 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25070 {, (, [, ', \", `
25071 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25073 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25074 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25075 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25077 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25078 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25080 \(fn)" t nil)
25082 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25084 ;;;***
25086 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (18787 48918))
25087 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
25089 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
25090 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
25091 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
25092 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
25093 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
25094 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
25096 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
25098 ;;;***
25100 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25101 ;;;;;; (18787 48922))
25102 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25104 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25105 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25107 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25108 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25109 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25110 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25111 the earlier.
25113 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25115 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25117 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25118 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25119 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25121 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25122 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25124 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25125 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25126 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25127 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25128 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25129 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25130 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25131 Emacs version).
25133 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25134 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25135 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25136 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25137 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25139 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
25140 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
25141 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
25143 \(fn)" t nil)
25145 ;;;***
25147 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25148 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18787
25149 ;;;;;; 48918))
25150 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25152 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25153 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25154 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25155 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25156 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25157 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25158 sites in the cluster.
25160 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25162 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25163 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25164 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25165 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25166 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25168 \(fn)" t nil)
25170 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25171 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25172 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25173 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25174 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25175 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25176 `shadow-define-cluster').
25178 \(fn)" t nil)
25180 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25181 Set up file shadowing.
25183 \(fn)" t nil)
25185 ;;;***
25187 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25188 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
25189 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25191 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
25192 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25193 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25194 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25195 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25196 arguments.")
25198 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25200 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25201 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25202 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25203 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25204 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25206 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25207 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25208 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25209 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25210 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25211 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25212 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25213 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25214 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25215 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25216 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25218 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25219 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25220 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25221 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25222 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25223 `default-process-coding-system'.
25225 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25226 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25227 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25228 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25230 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25232 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25233 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
25235 ;;;***
25237 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25238 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18787 48928))
25239 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25241 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25242 Not documented
25244 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25246 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25247 Not documented
25249 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25251 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25252 Not documented
25254 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25256 ;;;***
25258 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25259 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
25260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25262 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25263 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25264 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25265 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25266 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25268 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25270 \(fn)" t nil)
25272 ;;;***
25274 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18791
25275 ;;;;;; 16532))
25276 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25278 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25279 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25280 \\{simula-mode-map}
25281 Variables controlling indentation style:
25282 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25283 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25284 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25285 `simula-indent-level'
25286 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25287 `simula-substatement-offset'
25288 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25289 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25290 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25291 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25292 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25293 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25294 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25295 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25296 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25297 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25298 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25299 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25300 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25301 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25302 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25303 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25304 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25305 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25306 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25307 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25308 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25309 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25310 or nil if they should not be changed.
25311 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25312 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25313 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25314 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25316 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25317 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25319 \(fn)" t nil)
25321 ;;;***
25323 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25324 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18791 16512))
25325 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25327 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25328 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25330 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25331 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25332 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25333 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25335 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25337 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25338 Insert SKELETON.
25339 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25340 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25341 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25342 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25343 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25345 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25346 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25348 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25350 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25351 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25353 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25354 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25355 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25356 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25358 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25359 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25360 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25361 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25363 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25364 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25365 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25367 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25368 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25370 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25371 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25373 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25374 _ interesting point, interregion here
25375 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25376 interesting point set by _
25377 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25378 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25379 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25380 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25381 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25382 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25383 nil skipped
25385 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25386 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25388 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25389 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25390 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25391 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25392 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25393 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25394 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25395 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25397 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25398 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25399 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25400 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25401 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25402 available:
25404 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25405 then: insert previously read string once more
25406 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25407 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25408 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25410 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25411 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25413 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25415 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25416 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25418 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25419 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25420 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25421 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25422 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25423 such as backslash.
25425 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25426 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25427 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25429 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25431 ;;;***
25433 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25434 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (18825 40643))
25435 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
25437 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25438 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25439 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25440 buffer names.
25442 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25444 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25445 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25446 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25450 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25451 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25452 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25454 \(fn)" t nil)
25456 ;;;***
25458 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25459 ;;;;;; (18787 48928))
25460 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25462 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25463 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25464 A list of images is returned.
25466 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25468 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25469 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
25470 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
25472 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25474 ;;;***
25476 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25477 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18862 237))
25478 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25480 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25481 Not documented
25483 \(fn)" nil nil)
25485 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25486 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25488 \(fn)" t nil)
25490 ;;;***
25492 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18787 48933))
25493 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25495 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25496 Play the Snake game.
25497 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25499 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25501 Snake mode keybindings:
25502 \\<snake-mode-map>
25503 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25504 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25505 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25506 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25507 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25508 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25509 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25511 \(fn)" t nil)
25513 ;;;***
25515 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25516 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
25517 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25519 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25520 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25521 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25522 Tab indents for C code.
25523 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25524 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25525 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25526 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25527 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25529 \(fn)" t nil)
25531 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25532 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25533 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25534 Tab indents for C code.
25535 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25536 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25537 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25538 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25539 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25541 \(fn)" t nil)
25543 ;;;***
25545 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18787
25546 ;;;;;; 48920))
25547 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25549 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25550 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25551 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25552 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25553 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25555 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25559 ;;;***
25561 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18787
25562 ;;;;;; 48933))
25563 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25565 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25566 Play Solitaire.
25568 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25569 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25570 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25571 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25572 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25573 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25574 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25575 check after each move or undo.)
25577 What is Solitaire?
25579 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25580 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25581 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25583 Le Solitaire
25584 ============
25586 o o o
25588 o o o
25590 o o o o o o o
25592 o o o . o o o
25594 o o o o o o o
25596 o o o
25598 o o o
25600 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25601 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25602 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25603 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25605 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25606 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25607 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25608 this: o o .
25610 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25611 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25613 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25615 o o o
25617 . o o
25619 o o . o o o o
25621 o . o o o o o
25623 o o o o o o o
25625 o o o
25627 o o o
25629 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25631 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25633 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25635 ;;;***
25637 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25638 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25639 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18787 48918))
25640 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25641 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25643 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25644 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25646 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25647 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25648 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25649 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25650 contiguous.
25652 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25653 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25654 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25655 the sort order.
25657 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25658 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25660 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25661 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25662 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25663 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25664 is called.
25666 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25667 It should move point to the end of the record.
25669 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25670 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25671 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25672 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25673 starts at the beginning of the record.
25675 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25676 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25677 same as ENDRECFUN.
25679 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25680 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25682 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25684 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25685 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25686 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25687 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25688 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25689 the sort order.
25691 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25693 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25694 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25695 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25696 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25697 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25698 the sort order.
25700 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25702 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25703 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25704 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25705 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25706 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25707 the sort order.
25709 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25710 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25712 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25713 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25714 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25715 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25716 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25717 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25718 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25719 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25720 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25722 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25724 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25725 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25726 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25727 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25728 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25729 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25730 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25731 the sort order.
25733 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25735 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25736 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25737 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25738 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25739 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25740 is to be used for sorting.
25741 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25742 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25743 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25744 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25745 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25747 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25749 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25750 the sort order.
25752 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25753 starting with the letter \"f\",
25754 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25756 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25758 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25759 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25760 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25761 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25762 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25763 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25764 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25765 the sort order.
25767 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25768 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25769 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25770 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25771 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25773 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25775 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25776 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25777 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25779 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25781 ;;;***
25783 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18935
25784 ;;;;;; 28926))
25785 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25787 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25788 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25789 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25790 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25791 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25792 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25794 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25796 ;;;***
25798 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25799 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25800 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18791 16522))
25801 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25803 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25804 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25806 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25807 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25808 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25810 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25812 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25813 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25814 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25815 server.
25817 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25819 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25820 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25821 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25823 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25825 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25826 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25827 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25828 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25829 Agent is plugged.
25831 \(fn)" t nil)
25833 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25834 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25835 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25836 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25838 \(fn)" t nil)
25840 ;;;***
25842 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25843 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18834 13432))
25844 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25846 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25848 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25849 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25850 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25851 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25852 supported at a time.
25853 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25854 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25858 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25859 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25860 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25861 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25863 \(fn)" t nil)
25865 ;;;***
25867 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25868 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18787 48936))
25869 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25871 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25873 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25874 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25875 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25876 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25877 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25878 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25880 \(fn)" t nil)
25882 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25884 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25885 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25886 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25887 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25889 \(fn)" t nil)
25891 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25893 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25894 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25895 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25896 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25897 for example, \"word\".
25899 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25901 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25903 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25904 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25906 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25908 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25910 ;;;***
25912 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18787
25913 ;;;;;; 48933))
25914 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25916 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25917 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25919 \(fn)" t nil)
25921 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25922 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25924 \(fn)" nil nil)
25926 ;;;***
25928 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25929 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25930 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25931 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18838
25932 ;;;;;; 52325))
25933 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25935 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25936 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25938 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25939 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25940 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25941 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25942 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25943 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25944 of the current highlighting list.
25946 For example:
25948 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25949 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25951 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25952 `_t' as data types.
25954 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25956 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25957 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25959 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25960 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25962 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25964 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25965 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25966 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25968 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25970 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25971 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25972 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25973 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25974 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25975 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25976 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25977 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25978 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25980 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25982 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25983 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25984 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25985 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25987 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25988 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25989 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25990 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25992 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25993 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25994 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25996 \(fn)" t nil)
25998 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25999 Major mode to edit SQL.
26001 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26002 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26003 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26005 \\{sql-mode-map}
26006 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26008 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26009 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26010 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26011 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26012 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26013 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26015 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26016 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26018 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26019 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26020 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26022 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26023 (lambda ()
26024 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26026 \(fn)" t nil)
26028 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26029 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
26031 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26032 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26033 `*SQL*'.
26035 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26037 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
26039 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26040 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26042 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26043 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26044 `*SQL*'.
26046 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26047 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26048 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26049 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26051 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26052 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26054 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26055 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26056 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26057 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26058 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26059 `default-process-coding-system'.
26061 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26063 \(fn)" t nil)
26065 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26066 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
26068 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26069 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26070 `*SQL*'.
26072 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26073 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26074 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26075 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26077 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26078 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26080 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26081 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26082 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26083 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26084 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26085 `default-process-coding-system'.
26087 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26089 \(fn)" t nil)
26091 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26092 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26094 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26095 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26096 `*SQL*'.
26098 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26099 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26101 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26102 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26104 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26105 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26106 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26107 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26108 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26109 `default-process-coding-system'.
26111 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26113 \(fn)" t nil)
26115 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26116 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26118 SQLite is free software.
26120 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26121 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26122 `*SQL*'.
26124 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26125 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26126 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26127 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26129 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26130 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26132 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26133 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26134 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26135 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26136 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26137 `default-process-coding-system'.
26139 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26141 \(fn)" t nil)
26143 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26144 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26146 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26148 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26149 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26150 `*SQL*'.
26152 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26153 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26154 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26155 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26157 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26158 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26160 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26161 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26162 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26163 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26164 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26165 `default-process-coding-system'.
26167 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26169 \(fn)" t nil)
26171 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26172 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26174 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26175 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26176 `*SQL*'.
26178 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26179 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26180 defaults, if set.
26182 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26183 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26185 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26186 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26187 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26188 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26189 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26190 `default-process-coding-system'.
26192 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26194 \(fn)" t nil)
26196 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26197 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26199 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26200 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26201 `*SQL*'.
26203 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26204 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26206 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26207 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26209 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26210 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26211 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26212 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26213 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26214 `default-process-coding-system'.
26216 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26218 \(fn)" t nil)
26220 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26221 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26223 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26224 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26225 `*SQL*'.
26227 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26228 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26229 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26230 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26232 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26233 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26235 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26236 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26237 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26238 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26239 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26240 `default-process-coding-system'.
26242 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26244 \(fn)" t nil)
26246 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26247 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26249 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26250 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26251 `*SQL*'.
26253 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26254 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26255 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26256 `sql-postgres-options'.
26258 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26259 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26261 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26262 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26263 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26264 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26265 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26266 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26267 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26268 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26270 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26271 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26273 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26275 \(fn)" t nil)
26277 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26278 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26280 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26281 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26282 `*SQL*'.
26284 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26285 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26286 defaults, if set.
26288 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26289 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26291 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26292 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26293 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26294 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26295 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26296 `default-process-coding-system'.
26298 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26300 \(fn)" t nil)
26302 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26303 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26305 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26306 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26307 `*SQL*'.
26309 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26310 automatic login.
26312 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26313 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26315 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26316 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26317 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26318 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26320 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26321 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26322 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26323 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26324 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26325 `default-process-coding-system'.
26327 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26329 \(fn)" t nil)
26331 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26332 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26334 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26335 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26336 `*SQL*'.
26338 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26339 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26340 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26341 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26342 parameters.
26344 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26345 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26346 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26347 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26348 an empty password.
26350 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26351 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26353 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26355 \(fn)" t nil)
26357 ;;;***
26359 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26360 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26361 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26362 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26363 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18787
26364 ;;;;;; 48918))
26365 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26367 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26368 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26369 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26370 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26371 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26372 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26374 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26376 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26378 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26379 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26380 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26381 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26382 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26383 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26384 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26386 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26388 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26389 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26390 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26391 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26392 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26393 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26394 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26396 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26398 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26399 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26400 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26402 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26404 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26405 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26406 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26408 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26410 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26411 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26413 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26415 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26416 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26418 \(fn)" t nil)
26420 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26421 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26423 \(fn)" t nil)
26425 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26426 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26427 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26428 chronologically by command name.
26429 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26431 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26433 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26434 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26435 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26436 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26437 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26438 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26440 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26442 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26443 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26444 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26445 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26446 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26447 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26448 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26450 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26451 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26452 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26453 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26455 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26459 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26460 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26461 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26462 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26464 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26466 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26467 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26469 \(fn)" t nil)
26471 ;;;***
26473 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26474 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (18430 59248))
26475 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26477 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26478 Studlify-case the region.
26480 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26482 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26483 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26485 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26487 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26488 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26490 \(fn)" t nil)
26492 ;;;***
26494 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26495 ;;;;;; (18885 458))
26496 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26498 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26499 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26500 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26501 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26502 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26503 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26504 original message but it does require a few things:
26506 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26508 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26509 reply buffer.
26511 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26512 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26513 original message.
26515 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26517 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26519 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26520 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26521 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26523 \(fn)" nil nil)
26525 ;;;***
26527 ;;;### (autoloads (symbol-completion-try-complete symbol-complete)
26528 ;;;;;; "sym-comp" "progmodes/sym-comp.el" (18787 48935))
26529 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sym-comp.el
26531 (autoload 'symbol-complete "sym-comp" "\
26532 Perform completion of the symbol preceding point.
26533 This is done in a way appropriate to the current major mode,
26534 perhaps by interrogating an inferior interpreter. Compare
26535 `complete-symbol'.
26536 If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions.
26537 Repeating the command at that point scrolls the list.
26539 When called from a program, optional arg PREDICATE is a predicate
26540 determining which symbols are considered.
26542 This function requires `symbol-completion-completions-function'
26543 to be set buffer-locally. Variables `symbol-completion-symbol-function',
26544 `symbol-completion-predicate-function' and
26545 `symbol-completion-transform-function' are also consulted.
26547 \(fn &optional PREDICATE)" t nil)
26549 (autoload 'symbol-completion-try-complete "sym-comp" "\
26550 Completion function for use with `hippie-expand'.
26551 Uses `symbol-completion-symbol-function' and
26552 `symbol-completion-completions-function'. It is intended to be
26553 used something like this in a major mode which provides symbol
26554 completion:
26556 (if (featurep 'hippie-exp)
26557 (set (make-local-variable 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
26558 (cons 'symbol-completion-try-complete
26559 hippie-expand-try-functions-list)))
26561 \(fn OLD)" nil nil)
26563 ;;;***
26565 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18787
26566 ;;;;;; 48918))
26567 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26569 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26571 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26572 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26573 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26574 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26575 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26576 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26578 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26580 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26581 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26582 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26583 otherwise turn it off.
26585 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26586 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26587 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26591 ;;;***
26593 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18787 48918))
26594 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26596 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26597 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26598 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26599 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26600 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26602 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26604 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26605 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26606 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26607 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26608 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26609 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26610 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26612 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26614 ;;;***
26616 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26617 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26618 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26619 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26620 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26621 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26622 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26623 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26624 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26625 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26626 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26627 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26628 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18791 16534))
26629 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26631 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26632 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26633 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26635 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26637 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26638 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26640 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26642 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26643 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26645 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26647 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26648 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26650 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26652 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26653 Insert an editable text table.
26654 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26655 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26656 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26657 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26658 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26659 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26660 delimiting them.
26662 Examples:
26664 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26666 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26667 location of point.
26671 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26672 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26673 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26674 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26675 first cell.
26677 +-----+-----+-----+
26678 |-!- | | |
26679 +-----+-----+-----+
26681 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26683 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26684 width, which results as
26686 +--------------+-----+-----+
26687 |-!- | | |
26688 +--------------+-----+-----+
26690 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26691 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26693 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26694 | | |-!- |
26695 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26697 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26698 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26699 width information to `table-insert'.
26701 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26703 instead of
26705 Cell width(s): 5
26707 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26708 work all together.
26710 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26711 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26713 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26714 |-!- | | |
26715 | | | |
26716 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26718 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26720 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26721 |-!- | | |
26722 | | | |
26723 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26724 | | | |
26725 | | | |
26726 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26728 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26730 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26731 | | | |
26732 | | | |
26733 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26734 | | | |
26735 | | | |
26736 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26739 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26740 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26741 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26743 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26744 | | | |
26745 | | | |
26746 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26747 | | | |
26748 | | | |
26749 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26750 |-!- | | |
26751 | | | |
26752 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26754 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26755 results.
26757 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26758 | | | |
26759 | | | |
26760 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26761 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26762 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26763 | | |expected results.-!- |
26764 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26765 | | | |
26766 | | | |
26767 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26769 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26771 \\{table-cell-map}
26773 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26775 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26776 Insert N table row(s).
26777 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26778 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26779 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26780 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26782 \(fn N)" t nil)
26784 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26785 Insert N table column(s).
26786 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26787 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26788 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26789 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26791 \(fn N)" t nil)
26793 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26794 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26795 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26797 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26799 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26800 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26801 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26802 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26803 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26804 all the table specific features.
26806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26808 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26809 Not documented
26811 \(fn)" t nil)
26813 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26814 Recognize all tables within region.
26815 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26816 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26817 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26818 specific features.
26820 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26822 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26823 Not documented
26825 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26827 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26828 Recognize a table at point.
26829 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26830 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26831 the table specific features.
26833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26835 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26836 Not documented
26838 \(fn)" t nil)
26840 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26841 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26842 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26843 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26844 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26845 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26846 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26848 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26850 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26851 Not documented
26853 \(fn)" t nil)
26855 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26856 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26857 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26858 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26859 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26860 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26861 specified.
26863 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26865 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26866 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26867 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26868 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26869 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26870 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26871 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26872 table structure.
26874 \(fn N)" t nil)
26876 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26877 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26878 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26879 table's rectangle structure.
26881 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26883 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26884 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26885 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26886 table's rectangle structure.
26888 \(fn N)" t nil)
26890 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26891 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26892 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26893 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26894 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26896 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26898 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26899 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26900 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26902 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26903 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26904 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26905 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26906 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26907 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26908 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26910 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26911 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26912 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26913 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26914 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26915 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26916 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26918 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26919 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26920 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26921 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26922 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26923 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26924 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26925 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26927 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26929 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26930 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26931 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26932 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26936 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26937 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26938 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26940 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26942 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26943 Split current cell vertically.
26944 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26946 \(fn)" t nil)
26948 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26949 Split current cell horizontally.
26950 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26952 \(fn)" t nil)
26954 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26955 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26956 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26958 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26960 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26961 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26962 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26963 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26965 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26967 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26968 Justify cell contents.
26969 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26970 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26971 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26972 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26974 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26976 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26977 Justify cells of a row.
26978 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26979 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26981 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26983 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26984 Justify cells of a column.
26985 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26986 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26988 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26990 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26991 Toggle fixing width mode.
26992 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26993 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26994 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26998 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26999 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27000 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27001 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27002 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27003 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27004 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27005 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27006 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27007 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27008 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27010 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27012 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27013 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27014 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27015 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27016 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27017 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27018 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27019 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27020 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27021 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27022 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27023 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27024 untouched.
27026 References used for this implementation:
27028 HTML:
27029 http://www.w3.org
27031 LaTeX:
27032 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
27034 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27035 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
27036 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
27038 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27040 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27041 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27042 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27043 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27044 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27045 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27046 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27047 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27048 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27049 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27050 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27051 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27052 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27053 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27054 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27055 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27056 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27058 Example:
27060 (progn
27061 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27062 (table-forward-cell 15)
27063 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27064 (table-forward-cell 16)
27065 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27066 (table-forward-cell 1)
27067 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27069 (progn
27070 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27071 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27072 (table-forward-cell 1)
27073 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27075 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27077 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27078 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27079 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27080 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27081 consists from cells of same height.
27083 \(fn N)" t nil)
27085 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27086 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27087 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27088 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27089 column must consists from cells of same width.
27091 \(fn N)" t nil)
27093 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27094 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27095 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27096 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27097 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27098 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27099 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27100 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27101 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27102 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27103 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27104 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27105 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27106 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27107 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27110 Example 1:
27112 1, 2, 3, 4
27113 5, 6, 7, 8
27114 , 9, 10
27116 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27117 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27118 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27119 specified as 5.
27121 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27122 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27123 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27124 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27125 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27126 | | 9 | 10 | |
27127 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27129 Note:
27131 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27132 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27133 of each row is optional.
27136 Example 2:
27138 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27139 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27140 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27141 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27142 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27144 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27145 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27147 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27148 expression and raw delimiter regular
27149 expression, it parses the specified text
27150 area and extracts cell items from
27151 non-table text and then forms a table out
27152 of them.
27154 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27155 creates a single cell table. The text in
27156 the specified region is placed in that
27157 cell.-*-
27159 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27160 like this.
27162 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27163 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27164 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27166 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27167 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27168 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27169 | area and extracts cell items from |
27170 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27171 | of them. |
27173 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27174 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27175 | the specified region is placed in that |
27176 | cell. |
27177 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27179 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27180 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27181 independently.
27183 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27184 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27185 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27186 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27187 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27188 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27189 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27190 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27191 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27192 | |of them. |
27193 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27194 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27195 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27196 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27197 | |cell. |
27198 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27200 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27201 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27202 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27204 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27206 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27207 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27208 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27209 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27210 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27212 \(fn)" t nil)
27214 ;;;***
27216 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18787 48918))
27217 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27219 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27220 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27222 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27224 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27225 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27227 \(fn)" t nil)
27229 ;;;***
27231 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18875 57174))
27232 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27234 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27235 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27236 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27237 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27238 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27239 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27240 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27242 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27243 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27244 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27245 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27247 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27248 \\{tar-mode-map}
27250 \(fn)" t nil)
27252 ;;;***
27254 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27255 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18791 16532))
27256 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27258 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27259 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27260 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27261 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27262 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27263 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27265 Variables controlling indentation style:
27266 `tcl-indent-level'
27267 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27268 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27269 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27271 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27272 documentation for details):
27273 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27274 Controls action of TAB key.
27275 `tcl-auto-newline'
27276 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27277 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27278 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27279 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27280 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27282 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27283 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27284 already exist.
27286 Commands:
27287 \\{tcl-mode-map}
27289 \(fn)" t nil)
27291 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27292 Run inferior Tcl process.
27293 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27294 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27296 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27298 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27299 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27300 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27302 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27304 ;;;***
27306 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18787 48931))
27307 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27308 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
27310 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27311 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27312 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27313 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27315 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27316 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27317 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27318 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27319 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27321 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27322 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
27324 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27325 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27326 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27327 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27329 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27331 ;;;***
27333 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27334 ;;;;;; (18873 47526))
27335 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27337 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27338 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27339 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27340 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27341 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27342 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27344 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27346 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27347 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27348 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27349 commands to use in that buffer.
27351 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27353 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27355 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27356 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27358 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27360 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27361 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27362 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27363 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27364 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27365 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27366 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27367 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27368 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27369 use in that buffer.
27370 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27372 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27374 ;;;***
27376 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18791
27377 ;;;;;; 16513))
27378 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27380 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27381 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27382 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27383 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27384 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27385 program as keyboard input.
27387 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27388 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27389 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27390 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27392 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27393 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27394 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27395 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27396 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27398 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27400 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27401 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27402 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27403 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27405 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27406 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27407 subprocess started.
27409 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27411 ;;;***
27413 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27414 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
27415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27417 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27418 Start coverage on function under point.
27420 \(fn)" t nil)
27422 ;;;***
27424 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18787 48933))
27425 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27427 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27428 Play the Tetris game.
27429 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27430 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27431 as to form complete rows.
27433 tetris-mode keybindings:
27434 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27435 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27436 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27437 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27438 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27439 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27440 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27441 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27442 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27444 \(fn)" t nil)
27446 ;;;***
27448 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27449 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27450 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27451 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27452 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27453 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27454 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27455 ;;;;;; (18850 59927))
27456 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27458 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27459 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27461 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27463 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
27464 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
27465 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27466 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27467 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27469 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27471 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27472 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27473 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27474 if it matches the first line of the file,
27475 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27477 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27479 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27480 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27481 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27482 if the variable is non-nil.")
27484 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27486 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27487 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27489 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27491 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
27492 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
27493 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27494 See the documentation of that variable.")
27496 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27498 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
27499 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27500 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27501 See the documentation of that variable.")
27503 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27505 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
27506 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27507 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27508 See the documentation of that variable.")
27510 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27512 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
27513 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27514 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27515 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27516 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27518 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27520 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
27521 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27522 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27523 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27525 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27527 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27528 *User defined LaTeX block names.
27529 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27531 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27533 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
27534 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27535 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27536 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27538 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27540 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27541 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27542 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27543 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27545 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27547 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27548 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27549 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27550 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27552 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27553 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27554 for example,
27556 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27557 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27559 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27560 use.")
27562 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27564 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
27565 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27566 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27567 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27568 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27570 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27572 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27574 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
27575 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27576 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27578 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27580 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27581 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27582 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27583 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27584 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27586 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27588 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
27589 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27591 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27593 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
27594 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27596 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27598 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27599 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27600 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27601 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27602 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27603 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27604 says which mode to use.
27606 \(fn)" t nil)
27608 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27610 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27612 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27614 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27615 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27616 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27617 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27618 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27620 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27621 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27622 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27623 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27624 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27625 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27626 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27628 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27629 mismatched $'s or braces.
27631 Special commands:
27632 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27634 Mode variables:
27635 tex-run-command
27636 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27637 tex-directory
27638 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27639 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27640 tex-dvi-print-command
27641 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27642 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27643 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27644 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27645 tex-dvi-view-command
27646 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27647 tex-show-queue-command
27648 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27649 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27651 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27652 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27653 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27655 \(fn)" t nil)
27657 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27658 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27659 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27660 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27661 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27663 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27664 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27665 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27666 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27667 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27668 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27669 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27671 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27672 mismatched $'s or braces.
27674 Special commands:
27675 \\{latex-mode-map}
27677 Mode variables:
27678 latex-run-command
27679 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27680 tex-directory
27681 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27682 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27683 tex-dvi-print-command
27684 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27685 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27686 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27687 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27688 tex-dvi-view-command
27689 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27690 tex-show-queue-command
27691 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27692 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27694 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27695 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27696 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27698 \(fn)" t nil)
27700 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27701 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27702 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27703 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27704 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27706 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27707 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27708 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27709 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27710 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27711 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27712 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27714 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27715 mismatched $'s or braces.
27717 Special commands:
27718 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27720 Mode variables:
27721 slitex-run-command
27722 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27723 tex-directory
27724 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27725 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27726 tex-dvi-print-command
27727 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27728 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27729 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27730 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27731 tex-dvi-view-command
27732 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27733 tex-show-queue-command
27734 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27735 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27737 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27738 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27739 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27740 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27742 \(fn)" t nil)
27744 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27745 Not documented
27747 \(fn)" nil nil)
27749 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27750 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27752 \(fn)" t nil)
27754 ;;;***
27756 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27757 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18787 48936))
27758 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27760 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27761 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27762 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27763 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27765 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27766 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27767 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27769 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27771 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27772 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27773 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27774 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27775 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27777 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27779 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27780 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27781 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27782 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27784 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27785 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27786 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27787 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27789 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27790 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27792 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27794 ;;;***
27796 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27797 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18787 48936))
27798 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27800 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27801 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27803 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27805 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27806 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27808 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27810 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27811 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27813 It has these extra commands:
27814 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27816 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27817 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27818 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27819 modified version of TeX input format.
27821 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27822 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27823 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27824 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27826 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27827 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27828 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27829 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27830 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27831 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27832 in the Texinfo file.
27834 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27835 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27836 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27837 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27838 move forward past the closing brace.
27840 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27841 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27843 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27844 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27845 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27847 Here are the functions:
27849 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27850 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27851 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27853 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27854 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27855 texinfo-master-menu
27857 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27859 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27860 which menu descriptions are indented.
27862 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27863 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27864 in the region.
27866 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27867 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27868 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27869 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27871 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27872 be the first node in the file.
27874 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27875 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27877 \(fn)" t nil)
27879 ;;;***
27881 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27882 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27883 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
27884 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27886 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27887 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27888 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27889 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27891 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27893 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27894 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27896 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27898 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27899 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27901 \(fn)" t nil)
27903 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27904 Not documented
27906 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27908 ;;;***
27910 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27911 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27912 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18921 19113))
27913 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27915 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27916 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27918 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27920 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27921 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27922 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27923 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27924 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27926 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27927 a symbol as a valid THING.
27929 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27930 of the textual entity that was found.
27932 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27934 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27935 Return the THING at point.
27936 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27937 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27938 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27940 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27941 a symbol as a valid THING.
27943 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27945 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27946 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27948 \(fn)" nil nil)
27950 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27951 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27953 \(fn)" nil nil)
27955 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27956 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27958 \(fn)" nil nil)
27960 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27961 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27963 \(fn)" nil nil)
27965 ;;;***
27967 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27968 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27969 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
27970 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27972 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27973 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27975 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27977 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27978 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27979 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27980 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27982 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27984 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27985 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27987 \(fn)" t nil)
27989 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27990 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27992 \(fn)" t nil)
27994 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27996 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27997 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27999 \(fn)" t nil)
28001 ;;;***
28003 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28004 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28005 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28006 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28007 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (18787
28008 ;;;;;; 48929))
28009 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28011 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28012 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28013 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28015 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28017 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28018 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28020 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28022 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28023 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28024 The returned string has no composition information.
28026 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28028 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28029 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28031 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28033 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28034 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28036 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28038 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28039 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28040 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28041 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28043 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28045 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28046 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28047 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28048 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28050 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28052 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28053 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28054 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28056 \(fn)" t nil)
28058 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28059 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28060 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28062 \(fn)" t nil)
28064 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28065 Not documented
28067 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28069 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28070 Not documented
28072 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28074 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28075 Not documented
28077 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28079 ;;;***
28081 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28082 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
28083 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28085 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28086 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28087 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28088 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28089 parameters.
28090 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28092 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28094 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28095 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28096 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28097 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28098 parameters.
28099 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28101 \(fn)" t nil)
28103 ;;;***
28105 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28106 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28107 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18886 63158))
28108 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28110 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28111 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28113 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28115 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28116 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28117 This display updates automatically every minute.
28118 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28119 are displayed as well.
28120 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28122 \(fn)" t nil)
28124 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28125 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28126 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28127 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28128 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28129 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28131 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28133 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28134 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28135 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28137 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
28138 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28139 are displayed as well.
28140 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28144 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28145 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28146 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28147 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28149 \(fn)" t nil)
28151 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28152 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28153 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28154 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28156 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28158 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28159 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28161 \(fn)" t nil)
28163 ;;;***
28165 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28166 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28167 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28168 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time time-to-seconds date-to-time) "time-date"
28169 ;;;;;; "calendar/time-date.el" (18791 16516))
28170 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28172 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28173 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28175 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28177 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
28178 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
28179 You can use `float-time' instead.
28181 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28183 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28184 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28186 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28188 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28189 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
28191 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28193 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28194 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28196 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28198 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28199 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28200 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28202 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28204 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28206 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28207 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28208 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28210 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28212 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28213 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28215 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28217 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28218 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28219 DATE should be a date-time string.
28221 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28223 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28224 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28225 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28227 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28229 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28230 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28232 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28234 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28235 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28237 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28239 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28240 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28241 TIME should be a time value.
28242 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28244 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28246 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28247 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28248 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28250 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28252 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28253 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28254 The valid format specifiers are:
28255 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28256 %d is the number of days.
28257 %h is the number of hours.
28258 %m is the number of minutes.
28259 %s is the number of seconds.
28260 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28261 %% is a literal \"%\".
28263 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28264 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28266 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28267 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28268 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28270 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28271 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28272 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28274 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28276 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28278 ;;;***
28280 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28281 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18787 48918))
28282 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28283 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28284 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28285 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28286 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28287 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28288 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28289 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28290 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28292 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28293 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28294 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28295 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28296 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28297 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28298 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28299 look like one of the following:
28300 Time-stamp: <>
28301 Time-stamp: \" \"
28302 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28303 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28304 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28305 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28306 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28307 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28308 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28309 the template.
28311 \(fn)" t nil)
28313 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28314 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28315 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28319 ;;;***
28321 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28322 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28323 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28324 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28325 ;;;;;; (18787 48920))
28326 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28328 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28329 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28330 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28331 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28332 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28333 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28334 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28335 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28336 display (non-nil means on).
28338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28340 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28341 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28342 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28343 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28344 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28345 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28346 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28347 this function is called within a day.
28349 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28350 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28351 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28352 discover the name of the project.
28354 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28356 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28357 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28358 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28359 begun during the last time segment.
28361 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28362 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28363 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28364 discover the reason.
28366 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28368 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28369 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28370 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28371 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28372 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28374 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28376 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28377 Change to working on a different project.
28378 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28379 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28380 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28381 working on.
28383 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28385 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28386 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28387 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28389 \(fn)" nil nil)
28391 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28392 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28393 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28395 \(fn)" t nil)
28397 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28398 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28399 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28400 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28401 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28402 \"relative to today\".
28404 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28406 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28407 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28408 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28409 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28411 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28413 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28414 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28415 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28416 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28417 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28418 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28420 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28422 ;;;***
28424 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28425 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18837 32927))
28426 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28428 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28429 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28430 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28431 the generated Quail package is saved.
28433 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28435 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28436 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28437 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28438 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28439 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28440 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28441 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28443 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28445 ;;;***
28447 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28448 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18791 16513))
28449 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28450 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28451 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28453 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28454 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28455 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28456 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28457 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28459 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28461 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28462 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28463 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28464 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28465 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28467 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28469 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28470 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28471 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28472 in the menu in two ways:
28473 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28474 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28475 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28477 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28478 keymap or an alist of alists.
28479 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28480 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28482 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28484 ;;;***
28486 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28487 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28488 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18817 51432))
28489 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28491 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28492 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28494 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28496 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28497 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28499 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28501 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28502 Insert new TODO list entry.
28503 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28504 category.
28506 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28508 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28509 List top priorities for each category.
28511 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28512 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
28514 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28515 between each category.
28517 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28519 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28520 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28521 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28522 between each category.
28524 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28526 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28528 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28529 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28531 \\{todo-mode-map}
28533 \(fn)" t nil)
28535 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28536 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28538 \(fn)" nil nil)
28540 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28541 Show TODO list.
28543 \(fn)" t nil)
28545 ;;;***
28547 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28548 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28549 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18792 39484))
28550 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28552 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28553 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28554 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28558 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
28560 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28561 Add an item to the tool bar.
28562 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28563 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28564 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28565 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28567 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28568 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28569 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28570 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28572 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28573 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28575 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28577 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28578 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28579 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28580 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28581 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28582 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28584 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28585 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28586 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28587 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28589 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28591 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28592 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28593 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28594 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28595 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28596 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28597 properties to add to the binding.
28599 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28601 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28602 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28604 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28606 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28607 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28608 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28609 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28610 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28611 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28612 properties to add to the binding.
28614 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28615 holds a keymap.
28617 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28619 ;;;***
28621 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28622 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
28623 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28625 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28626 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28627 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28628 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28629 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28630 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28632 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28634 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28635 TPU/edt emulation.
28637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28639 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28641 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28642 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28644 \(fn)" t nil)
28646 ;;;***
28648 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28649 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
28650 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28652 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28653 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28655 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28656 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28657 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28658 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28659 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28661 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28662 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28663 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28664 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28665 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28667 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28668 (tpu-edt)
28670 Known Problems:
28672 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28673 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28674 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28675 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28676 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28677 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28679 \(fn)" t nil)
28681 ;;;***
28683 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18787 48923))
28684 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28686 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28687 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28688 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28689 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28690 to a tcp server on another machine.
28692 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28694 ;;;***
28696 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28697 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18787 48923))
28698 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28700 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28701 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28703 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28705 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28706 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28707 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28708 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28709 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28710 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28711 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28712 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28714 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28716 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28717 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28718 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28719 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28720 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28721 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28722 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28723 the window or buffer configuration.
28725 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28727 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28729 ;;;***
28731 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28732 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28733 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28734 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (18930 26504))
28735 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28737 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28738 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28739 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28741 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28743 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28744 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28746 It can have the following values:
28748 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28749 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28750 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28752 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28754 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):" "\
28755 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28756 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28757 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28759 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28760 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28761 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28762 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28764 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28765 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28766 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28768 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28769 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28770 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28771 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28772 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28773 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28774 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28775 files which are not really Tramp files.
28777 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28778 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28779 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28780 updated after changing this variable.
28782 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28784 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "^/") "\
28785 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28786 Usually, it is just \"^/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28787 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28789 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*$") "\
28790 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28791 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28792 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28794 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28795 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28796 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28797 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28799 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28800 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28801 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28803 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28804 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28805 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28807 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28808 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28809 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28810 updated after changing this variable.
28812 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28814 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28815 Alist of completion handler functions.
28816 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28817 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28818 normal Emacs functions.")
28820 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28821 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28822 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28823 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28825 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28826 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28827 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28828 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28830 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28831 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28832 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28834 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28836 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28837 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28838 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28840 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28841 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28842 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28844 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28845 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28846 (add-hook
28847 'after-init-hook
28848 'tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)
28850 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28851 Not documented
28853 \(fn)" nil nil)
28855 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28856 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28858 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28860 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28861 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28863 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28865 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28866 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28868 \(fn)" t nil)
28870 ;;;***
28872 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28873 ;;;;;; (18787 48931))
28874 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28876 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28877 Not documented
28879 \(fn)" nil nil)
28881 ;;;***
28883 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18787
28884 ;;;;;; 48918))
28885 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28887 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28888 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28889 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28890 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28891 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28892 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28893 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28894 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28896 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28897 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28898 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28900 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28901 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28902 resumed later.
28904 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28906 ;;;***
28908 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28909 ;;;;;; (18787 48929))
28910 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28912 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28913 Not documented
28915 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28917 ;;;***
28919 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28920 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18791 16534))
28921 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28922 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28923 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28924 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28926 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28927 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28928 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28929 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28930 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28931 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28932 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28934 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28936 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28937 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28938 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28939 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28941 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28943 \(fn)" t nil)
28945 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28946 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28947 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28948 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28949 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28950 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28951 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28953 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28954 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28956 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28957 \\___/\\
28958 / \\
28959 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28961 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28963 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28965 ;;;***
28967 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28968 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28969 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28970 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28971 ;;;;;; (18787 48918))
28972 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28974 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28975 Toggle typing break mode.
28976 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28977 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28978 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28980 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28982 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28983 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28985 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28987 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28988 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28990 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28991 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28992 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28994 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28995 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28997 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28999 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29000 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29002 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29003 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29004 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29005 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29007 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29009 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29010 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29011 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29013 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29014 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29015 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29016 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29017 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29018 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29020 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29021 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29022 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29023 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29025 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29026 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29028 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29029 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29031 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29033 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29034 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29035 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29037 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29038 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29039 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29040 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29041 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29042 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29043 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29045 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29046 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29048 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29049 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29050 reset the keystroke counter.
29052 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29053 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29054 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29055 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29057 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29058 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29059 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29060 `type-break-schedule' command.
29062 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29063 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29064 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29065 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29066 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29067 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29068 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29069 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29070 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29072 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29073 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29074 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29075 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29076 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29078 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29079 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29080 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29081 approximate good values for this.
29083 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29084 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29086 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29087 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29088 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29089 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29090 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29091 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29093 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29094 a typing break occur. They include:
29096 `type-break-query-mode'
29097 `type-break-query-function'
29098 `type-break-query-interval'
29100 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29102 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29103 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29104 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29105 problems.
29107 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29109 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29110 Take a typing break.
29112 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29113 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29115 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29116 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29118 \(fn)" t nil)
29120 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29121 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29122 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29123 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29125 \(fn)" t nil)
29127 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29128 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29130 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29131 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29132 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29133 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29134 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29135 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29136 average typing speed.)
29138 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29139 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29140 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29141 the computed maximum threshold.
29143 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29144 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29145 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29146 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29147 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29149 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29151 ;;;***
29153 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (18820 21794))
29154 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29156 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29157 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29158 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29159 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29160 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29162 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29164 ;;;***
29166 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29167 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18787 48936))
29168 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29170 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29171 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29172 Works by overstriking underscores.
29173 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29174 which specify the range to operate on.
29176 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29178 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29179 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29180 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29181 which specify the range to operate on.
29183 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29185 ;;;***
29187 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
29188 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18828 23019))
29189 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
29191 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29192 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
29193 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
29195 \(fn)" t nil)
29197 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29198 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
29199 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
29200 following the containing message.
29202 \(fn)" t nil)
29204 ;;;***
29206 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29207 ;;;;;; (18911 46082))
29208 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29210 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29211 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29212 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29213 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29214 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29215 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29217 \(fn)" nil nil)
29219 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29220 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29222 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29224 ;;;***
29226 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18787
29227 ;;;;;; 48923))
29228 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29230 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29231 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29232 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29233 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29235 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29237 ;;;***
29239 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29240 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18787 48937))
29241 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29243 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29244 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29245 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29247 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29248 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29249 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29250 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29251 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29252 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29254 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29255 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29256 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29258 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29259 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29260 the callback is not called).
29262 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29263 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29264 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29265 take effect.
29267 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
29269 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29270 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29271 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29272 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29273 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29275 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29277 ;;;***
29279 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29280 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18787 48936))
29281 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29283 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29284 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29285 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29287 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29288 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29289 `url-generic-parse-url'
29290 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29291 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29292 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29293 realm
29294 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29295 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29296 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29297 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29298 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29299 what type of auth to use
29300 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29301 if one cannot be found in the cache
29303 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29305 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29306 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29308 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29309 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29310 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29311 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29312 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29313 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29314 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29315 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29317 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29319 ;;;***
29321 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
29322 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18787
29323 ;;;;;; 48936))
29324 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29326 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29327 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29329 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29331 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29332 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29334 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29336 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29337 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29339 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29341 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
29342 Return t if a cached file has expired.
29344 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
29346 ;;;***
29348 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18791 16534))
29349 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29351 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29352 Not documented
29354 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29356 ;;;***
29358 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29359 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18787 48936))
29360 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29362 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29363 Not documented
29365 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29367 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29368 Not documented
29370 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29372 ;;;***
29374 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18829
29375 ;;;;;; 63990))
29376 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29378 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29379 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29381 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29383 ;;;***
29385 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29386 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18787 48936))
29387 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29389 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29390 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29392 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29394 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29395 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29396 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29397 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29398 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29400 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29402 ;;;***
29404 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29405 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29406 ;;;;;; (18893 13106))
29407 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29409 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29410 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29411 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29412 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29413 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29414 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29416 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29418 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29419 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29423 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29424 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29425 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29426 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29428 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29430 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29431 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29432 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29433 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29434 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29435 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29436 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29437 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29438 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29440 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
29442 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29443 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29444 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29445 accessible.
29447 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29449 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29450 Not documented
29452 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29454 ;;;***
29456 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29457 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18787 48936))
29458 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29460 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29461 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29462 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29463 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29464 CBARGS as the arguments.
29466 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29468 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29469 Not documented
29471 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29473 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29475 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29476 Not documented
29478 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29480 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29481 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29482 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29484 Property list members:
29486 methods
29487 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29488 supports.
29491 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29492 supported.
29494 dasl
29495 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29497 ranges
29498 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29501 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29502 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29503 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29504 Emacs/W3.
29506 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29508 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29509 Default HTTPS port.")
29511 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29512 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29513 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29515 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29516 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29517 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29518 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29519 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29521 ;;;***
29523 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18787 48936))
29524 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29526 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29527 Not documented
29529 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29531 ;;;***
29533 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18787
29534 ;;;;;; 48936))
29535 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29537 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29538 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29539 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29540 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29541 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29543 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29545 ;;;***
29547 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29548 ;;;;;; (18787 48936))
29549 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29551 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29552 Not documented
29554 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29556 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29557 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29559 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29561 ;;;***
29563 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29564 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18787 48937))
29565 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29567 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29568 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29570 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29572 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29573 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29575 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29577 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29578 Not documented
29580 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29582 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29584 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29586 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29588 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29589 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29591 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29593 ;;;***
29595 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29596 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29597 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29599 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29600 Not documented
29602 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29604 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29605 Not documented
29607 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29609 ;;;***
29611 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29612 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29613 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29614 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29616 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29617 Not documented
29619 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29621 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29622 Not documented
29624 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29626 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29627 Not documented
29629 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29631 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29632 Not documented
29634 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29636 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29637 Not documented
29639 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29641 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29642 Not documented
29644 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29646 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29647 Not documented
29649 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29651 ;;;***
29653 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29654 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18787 48937))
29655 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29657 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29658 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29660 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29662 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29663 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29664 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29665 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29667 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29669 ;;;***
29671 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29672 ;;;;;; (18787 48937))
29673 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29675 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29676 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29678 \(fn)" t nil)
29680 ;;;***
29682 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29683 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29684 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29685 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29686 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29687 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29688 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18834 13433))
29689 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29691 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29692 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29693 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29695 If t, all messages will be logged.
29696 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29697 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29699 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29701 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29702 Not documented
29704 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29706 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29707 Not documented
29709 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29711 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29712 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29713 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29714 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29715 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29716 & ==> &amp;
29717 < ==> &lt;
29718 > ==> &gt;
29719 \" ==> &quot;
29721 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29723 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29724 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29725 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29727 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29729 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29730 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29731 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29733 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29735 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29736 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29738 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29740 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29741 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29743 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29745 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29746 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29748 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29750 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29751 Not documented
29753 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29755 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29756 Not documented
29758 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29760 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29761 Not documented
29763 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29765 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29767 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29768 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29770 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29772 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29773 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29775 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29777 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29778 Not documented
29780 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29782 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29783 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29784 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29785 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29786 forbidden in URL encoding.
29788 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29790 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29791 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29792 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29793 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29794 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29795 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29797 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29799 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29800 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29801 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29802 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29804 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29806 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29807 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29808 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29810 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29812 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29813 View the current document's URL.
29814 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29815 the minibuffer.
29817 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29819 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29821 ;;;***
29823 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29824 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18787 48918))
29825 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29827 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29828 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29829 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29830 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29831 to refrain from editing the file
29832 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29833 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29834 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29835 in any way you like.
29837 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29839 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29840 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29841 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29842 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29843 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29845 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29846 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29848 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29850 ;;;***
29852 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29853 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29854 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18787 48928))
29855 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29857 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29858 Not documented
29860 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29862 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29863 Not documented
29865 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29867 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29868 Not documented
29870 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29872 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29873 Not documented
29875 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29877 ;;;***
29879 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29880 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29881 ;;;;;; (18787 48930))
29882 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29884 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29885 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29886 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29887 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29889 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29891 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29892 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29893 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29895 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29897 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29898 Uudecode region between START and END.
29899 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29901 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29903 ;;;***
29905 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
29906 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29907 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag
29908 ;;;;;; vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window vc-diff
29909 ;;;;;; vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29910 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18885 3376))
29911 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29913 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29914 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29915 See `run-hooks'.")
29917 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29919 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29920 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29921 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29923 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29925 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29926 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29927 See `run-hooks'.")
29929 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29931 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29932 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29933 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29935 For locking systems:
29936 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29937 control.
29938 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29939 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29940 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29941 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29942 it performs a revert on that file.
29943 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29944 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29945 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29946 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29947 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29948 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29949 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29951 For merging systems:
29952 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29953 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29954 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29955 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29956 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29957 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29958 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29959 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29960 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29962 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29964 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29965 Register into a version control system.
29966 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29967 Otherwise register the current file.
29968 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29969 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29971 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29972 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29973 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29974 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29975 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29976 first backend that could register the file is used.
29978 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29980 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29981 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29983 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29985 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29986 Display diffs between file revisions.
29987 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29988 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29989 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29991 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29992 saving the buffer.
29994 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29996 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29997 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29998 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29999 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30001 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30003 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30004 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30005 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30006 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30008 \(fn)" t nil)
30010 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30011 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
30012 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
30013 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30014 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
30015 from the current branch.
30017 See Info node `Merging'.
30019 \(fn)" t nil)
30021 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30023 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30024 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30025 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30026 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30027 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30028 checked out in that new branch.
30030 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30032 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30033 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30034 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30035 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30036 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30037 allowed and simply skipped).
30039 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30041 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30042 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30043 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
30045 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
30047 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30048 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30049 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30050 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30052 \(fn)" t nil)
30054 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30055 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30056 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30057 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30059 \(fn)" t nil)
30061 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30063 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
30064 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
30065 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
30066 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
30067 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
30068 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
30070 \(fn)" t nil)
30072 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30073 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30074 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30075 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30076 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30077 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30078 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30080 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30082 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30083 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30084 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30085 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30086 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30087 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30088 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30089 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30090 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30092 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30094 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30095 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
30097 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30099 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30100 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30101 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30102 directory.
30104 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30106 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30107 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30108 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30110 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30111 log entries should be gathered.
30113 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30115 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
30116 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
30118 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30120 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30121 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30123 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30125 ;;;***
30127 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (18869
30128 ;;;;;; 47890))
30129 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
30131 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30132 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
30134 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30135 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30136 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30137 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30138 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30139 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30141 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30142 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
30143 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30144 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30145 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30146 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30147 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30148 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30150 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30152 Customization variables:
30154 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30155 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30156 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30157 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30159 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
30161 ;;;***
30163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18787 48918))
30164 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
30165 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30166 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30167 (progn
30168 (load "vc-arch")
30169 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30171 ;;;***
30173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18906 53490))
30174 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
30176 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30177 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30179 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30180 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30181 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30182 (progn
30183 (load "vc-bzr")
30184 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30186 ;;;***
30188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18787 48919))
30189 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
30190 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30191 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30192 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30193 (load "vc-cvs")
30194 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30196 ;;;***
30198 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (18911 46082))
30199 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
30201 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30202 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30203 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30204 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30205 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30207 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30208 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30209 The file lines appear later.
30211 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30212 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30214 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30216 \\<vc-dir-mode-map>
30218 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30220 ;;;***
30222 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
30223 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30224 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
30226 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30227 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30228 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30229 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30230 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30231 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30232 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30233 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30234 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30235 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30236 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30237 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30238 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30240 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30242 ;;;***
30244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18875 4272))
30245 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
30246 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30247 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30248 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
30249 (progn
30250 (load "vc-git")
30251 (vc-git-registered file))))
30253 ;;;***
30255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18799 16231))
30256 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
30257 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30258 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30259 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30260 (progn
30261 (load "vc-hg")
30262 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30264 ;;;***
30266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18901 14441))
30267 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
30269 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30271 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30272 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30273 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30274 (progn
30275 (load "vc-mtn")
30276 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30278 ;;;***
30280 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
30281 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30282 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
30284 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
30285 Where to look for RCS master files.
30286 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30288 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30290 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30292 ;;;***
30294 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
30295 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
30296 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
30298 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
30299 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30300 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30302 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30303 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30305 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30306 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30307 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30308 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30310 ;;;***
30312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18918 21795))
30313 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
30314 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30315 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30316 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30317 "_svn")
30318 (t ".svn"))))
30319 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30320 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
30321 (file-name-directory f)))
30322 (load "vc-svn")
30323 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30325 ;;;***
30327 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30328 ;;;;;; (18791 16532))
30329 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30330 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
30332 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30333 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30335 Usage:
30336 ------
30338 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30339 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30340 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30341 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30343 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30344 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30345 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30346 completions.
30348 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30349 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30351 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30352 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30354 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30355 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30356 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30358 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30361 Maintenance:
30362 ------------
30364 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30365 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30367 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30369 Official distribution is at
30370 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
30373 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30374 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30376 Key bindings:
30377 -------------
30379 \\{vera-mode-map}
30381 \(fn)" t nil)
30383 ;;;***
30385 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30386 ;;;;;; (18836 39031))
30387 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30389 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30390 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30391 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30392 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30393 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30395 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30397 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30398 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30400 Supports highlighting.
30402 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30403 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30405 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30407 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30408 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30409 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30410 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30411 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30412 on the left side of your screen.
30413 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30414 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30415 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30416 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30417 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30418 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30419 function keyword.
30420 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30421 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30422 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30423 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30424 if (a)
30425 begin
30426 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30427 Indentation for case statements.
30428 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30429 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30430 mark after an end.
30431 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30432 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30433 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30434 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30435 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30436 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30437 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30438 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30439 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30440 if (a)
30441 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30442 otherwise you get:
30443 if (a)
30444 begin
30445 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30446 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30447 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30448 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30449 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30450 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30451 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30452 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30453 comments in tight quarters.
30454 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
30455 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30457 Variables controlling other actions:
30459 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30460 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30461 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30463 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30465 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30467 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30468 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30469 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30471 Some other functions are:
30473 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30474 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30475 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30476 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30477 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30479 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30480 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30481 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30482 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30484 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30485 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30486 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30487 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30488 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30489 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30490 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30491 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30492 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30493 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30494 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30495 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30496 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30497 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30498 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30499 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30500 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30501 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30502 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30503 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30504 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30505 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30506 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30507 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30508 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30509 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30510 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30511 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30513 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30514 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30516 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30518 \(fn)" t nil)
30520 ;;;***
30522 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30523 ;;;;;; (18825 40644))
30524 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30526 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30527 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30529 Usage:
30530 ------
30532 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30533 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30534 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30535 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30536 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30537 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30538 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30539 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30540 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30542 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30543 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30544 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30545 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30547 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30548 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30549 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30550 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30551 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30553 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30554 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30557 HEADER INSERTION:
30558 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30559 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30560 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30563 STUTTERING:
30564 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30565 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30566 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30567 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30569 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30570 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30571 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30572 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30573 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30576 WORD COMPLETION:
30577 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30578 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30579 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30580 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30582 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30583 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30584 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30585 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30586 beginning with \"std\").
30588 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30589 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30590 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30591 stop.
30594 COMMENTS:
30595 `--' puts a single comment.
30596 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30597 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30598 with a comment in between.
30599 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30600 out following lines.
30601 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30602 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30604 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30605 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30606 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30607 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30608 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30609 non-nil.
30611 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30612 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30613 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30614 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30615 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30616 multi-line comments.
30619 INDENTATION:
30620 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30621 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30622 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30623 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30625 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30626 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30627 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30628 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30630 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30631 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30632 and vice versa.
30634 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30635 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30638 ALIGNMENT:
30639 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30640 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30641 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30642 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30643 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30644 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30645 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30646 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30648 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30649 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30650 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30651 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30652 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30653 is non-nil.
30655 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30656 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30657 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30659 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30660 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30663 CODE FILLING:
30664 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30665 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30666 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30667 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30668 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30669 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30672 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30673 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30674 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30675 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30676 command:
30678 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30681 PORT TRANSLATION:
30682 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30683 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30684 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30685 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30686 internal signal initializations (menu).
30688 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30689 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30690 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30692 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30693 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30694 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30695 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30696 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30697 in subsequent paste operations.)
30699 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30700 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30701 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30704 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30705 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30706 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30707 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30708 association list with formals).
30711 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30712 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30713 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30714 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30715 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30716 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30717 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30718 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30719 `vhdl-testbench'.
30722 KEY BINDINGS:
30723 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30726 VHDL MENU:
30727 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30730 FILE BROWSER:
30731 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30732 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30733 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30735 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30736 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30739 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30740 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30741 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30742 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30744 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30745 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30746 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30748 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30749 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30750 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30751 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30753 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30754 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30755 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30756 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30757 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30759 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30760 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30761 required by secondary units.
30764 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30765 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30766 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30767 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30768 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30769 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30770 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30771 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30772 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30773 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30774 inputs to this component -> input port created
30775 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30776 outputs from this component -> output port created
30777 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30778 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30780 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30781 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30782 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30783 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30784 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30786 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30787 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30789 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30790 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30791 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30792 component instantiation is also supported (option
30793 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30795 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30796 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30797 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30798 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30799 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30800 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30801 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30802 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30803 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30804 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30805 | generating the configuration.
30807 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30808 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30809 | configurations in speedbar.
30811 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30814 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30815 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30816 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30817 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30818 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30819 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30820 information. New compilers can be added.
30822 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30823 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30826 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30827 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30828 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30829 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30830 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30832 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30833 command:
30835 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30836 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30837 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30839 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30840 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30841 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30842 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30843 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30844 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30845 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30847 Limitations:
30848 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30849 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30850 not (yet) supported.
30851 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30852 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30853 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30856 PROJECTS:
30857 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30858 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30859 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30860 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30861 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30862 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30863 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30864 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30866 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30867 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30868 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30869 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30870 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30871 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30872 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30873 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30874 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30875 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30876 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30879 SPECIAL MENUES:
30880 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30881 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30882 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30883 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30884 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30885 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30886 current directory for VHDL source files.
30889 VHDL STANDARDS:
30890 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30891 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30894 KEYWORD CASE:
30895 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30896 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30897 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30898 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30899 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30900 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30901 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30902 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30905 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30906 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30907 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30908 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30909 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30910 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30911 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30913 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30914 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30915 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30916 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30917 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30918 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30920 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30921 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30922 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30923 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30924 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30925 visually.
30927 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30928 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30929 highlighted if written in lower case.
30931 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30932 highlighted using a different background color if option
30933 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30935 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30936 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30937 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30938 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30939 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30942 USER MODELS:
30943 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30944 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30945 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30948 HIDE/SHOW:
30949 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30950 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30951 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30952 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30953 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30956 CODE UPDATING:
30957 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30958 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30959 Limitations:
30960 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30961 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30962 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30963 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30964 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30965 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30966 (used to obtain the port names).
30969 CODE FIXING:
30970 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30971 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30974 PRINTING:
30975 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30976 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30977 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30978 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30979 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30980 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30981 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30982 printers.
30985 OPTIONS:
30986 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30987 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30988 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30989 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30990 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30992 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30993 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30994 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30995 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30996 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30997 INSTALL file).
30999 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31000 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31003 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31004 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31005 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31006 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31008 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31011 HINTS:
31012 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31013 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31015 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31017 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31019 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31022 RELEASE NOTES:
31023 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31026 Maintenance:
31027 ------------
31029 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31030 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31032 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31034 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31035 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31036 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31037 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31039 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31040 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31041 where the latest version can be found.
31044 Known problems:
31045 ---------------
31047 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31048 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31049 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31052 The VHDL Mode Authors
31053 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31055 Key bindings:
31056 -------------
31058 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31060 \(fn)" t nil)
31062 ;;;***
31064 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18791 16518))
31065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31067 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31068 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31069 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31070 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31072 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31073 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31074 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31075 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31076 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31078 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31079 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31081 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31083 * Limitations and unsupported features
31084 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31085 not supported.
31086 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31087 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31089 * Modifications
31090 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31091 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31092 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31093 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31094 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31095 for undoing a repeated change command.
31096 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31097 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31098 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31100 * Extensions
31101 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31102 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31103 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31104 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31105 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31106 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31107 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31108 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31110 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31112 \(fn)" t nil)
31114 ;;;***
31116 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31117 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31118 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31119 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18787 48929))
31120 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31122 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31123 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31125 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31127 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31128 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31129 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31130 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31132 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31134 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31135 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31137 \(fn)" t nil)
31139 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31140 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31141 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31142 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31144 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31146 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31147 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31149 \(fn)" t nil)
31151 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31152 Not documented
31154 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31156 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31157 Not documented
31159 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31161 ;;;***
31163 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31164 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31165 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31166 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31167 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (18787 48919))
31168 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31170 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31171 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31172 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31174 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31176 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31177 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31178 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31179 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31181 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31183 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31184 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31186 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31188 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31189 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31190 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31191 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31192 moving around in the buffer.
31193 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31194 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31196 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31198 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31200 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31201 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31202 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31203 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31205 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31206 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31207 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31208 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31209 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31211 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31213 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31215 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31216 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31217 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31218 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31219 buffer.
31221 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31222 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31223 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31224 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31225 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31227 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31229 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31231 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31232 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31233 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31234 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31235 moving around in the buffer.
31236 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31237 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31239 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31241 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31242 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31243 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31245 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31246 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31247 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31248 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31250 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31252 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31253 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31254 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31255 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31256 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31257 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31258 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31259 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31261 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31263 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31264 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31265 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31267 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31269 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31270 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31271 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31272 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31273 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31274 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31275 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31276 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31278 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31280 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31281 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31282 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31284 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31286 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31287 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31288 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31289 turn it off.
31291 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31292 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31293 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31294 read-only.
31295 \\<view-mode-map>
31296 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31297 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31298 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31299 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31300 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31302 H, h, ? This message.
31303 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31304 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31305 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31306 > move to the end of buffer.
31307 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31308 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31309 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31310 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31311 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31312 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31313 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31314 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31315 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31316 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31317 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31318 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31319 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31320 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31321 Use this to view a changing file.
31322 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31323 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31324 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31325 . set the mark.
31326 x exchanges point and mark.
31327 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31328 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31329 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31330 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31331 ' go to position saved in character register.
31332 s do forward incremental search.
31333 r do reverse incremental search.
31334 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31335 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31336 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31337 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31338 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31339 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31340 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31341 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31342 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31343 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31344 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31345 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31346 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31347 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31348 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31349 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31350 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31352 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31353 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31354 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31355 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31356 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31357 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31358 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31359 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31360 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31362 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31366 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31367 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31368 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31369 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31370 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31371 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31372 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31373 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31374 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31376 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31378 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31379 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31380 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31381 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31382 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31383 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31384 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31386 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31387 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31388 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31389 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31390 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31391 1) nil Do nothing.
31392 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31393 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31394 frame.
31395 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31396 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31397 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31398 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31400 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31402 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31404 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31406 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31407 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31409 \(fn)" t nil)
31411 ;;;***
31413 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18791
31414 ;;;;;; 16518))
31415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31417 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31418 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31420 \(fn)" nil nil)
31422 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31423 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31425 \(fn)" t nil)
31427 ;;;***
31429 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31430 ;;;;;; (18791 16518))
31431 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31433 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31434 Toggle Viper on/off.
31435 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31437 \(fn)" t nil)
31439 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31440 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31442 \(fn)" t nil)
31444 ;;;***
31446 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31447 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
31448 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31450 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31451 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31452 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31453 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31454 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31455 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31456 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31457 the beginning of the warning.")
31459 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31460 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31461 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31462 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31463 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31464 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31465 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31466 also call that function before the next warning.")
31468 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31469 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31471 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
31472 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31473 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31474 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31476 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31477 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31478 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31479 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31480 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31481 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31483 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31484 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31485 Default is :warning.
31487 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31488 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31489 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31490 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31491 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31492 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31494 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31495 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31496 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31498 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31500 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31501 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31503 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31505 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31506 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31507 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31508 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31510 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31511 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31512 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31513 can be whatever you like.)
31515 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31516 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31518 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31519 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31520 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31521 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31522 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31524 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31526 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31527 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31528 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31529 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31530 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31532 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31534 ;;;***
31536 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31537 ;;;;;; (18791 16514))
31538 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31540 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31541 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31542 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31543 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31544 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31545 in disk.
31547 See `wdired-mode'.
31549 \(fn)" t nil)
31551 ;;;***
31553 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18787 48931))
31554 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31556 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31557 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31559 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31560 hotlist.
31562 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31563 <nwv@acm.org>.
31565 \(fn)" t nil)
31567 ;;;***
31569 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31570 ;;;;;; (18935 29649))
31571 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31572 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31573 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31575 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31577 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31578 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31579 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31581 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31582 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31584 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31586 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31587 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31588 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31589 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31591 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31592 and off otherwise.
31594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31596 ;;;***
31598 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31599 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31600 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31601 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (18787 48919))
31602 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31604 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31605 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31607 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31608 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31609 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31610 Only useful with a windowing system.
31612 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31613 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31617 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31618 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
31620 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31621 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31622 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31623 Only useful with a windowing system.
31625 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31626 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31627 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31628 use `whitespace-mode'.
31630 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31634 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31635 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31636 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31637 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31638 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31639 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31641 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31643 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31644 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31646 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31647 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31648 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31649 Only useful with a windowing system.
31651 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31652 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31656 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31657 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31658 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31659 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31660 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31661 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31663 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31665 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31666 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31668 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31669 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31670 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31671 Only useful with a windowing system.
31673 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31674 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31675 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31676 please, use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31678 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31682 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31683 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31685 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31686 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31688 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31689 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31691 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31693 CHAR MEANING
31694 (VIA FACES)
31695 t toggle TAB visualization
31696 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31697 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31698 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31699 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31700 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31701 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31702 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31703 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31704 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31705 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31706 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31707 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31708 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31709 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31710 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31712 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31713 T toggle TAB visualization
31714 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31715 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31717 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31718 ? display brief help
31720 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31721 The valid symbols are:
31723 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31724 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31725 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31726 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31727 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31728 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31729 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31730 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31731 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31732 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31733 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31734 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31735 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31736 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31737 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31738 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31740 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31741 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31742 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31744 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31746 Only useful with a windowing system.
31748 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31750 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31752 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31753 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31755 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31756 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31758 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31759 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31761 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31763 CHAR MEANING
31764 (VIA FACES)
31765 t toggle TAB visualization
31766 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31767 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31768 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31769 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31770 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31771 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31772 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31773 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31774 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31775 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31776 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31777 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31778 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31779 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31780 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31782 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31783 T toggle TAB visualization
31784 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31785 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31787 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31788 ? display brief help
31790 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31791 The valid symbols are:
31793 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31794 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31795 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31796 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31797 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31798 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31799 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31800 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31801 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31802 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31803 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31804 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31805 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31806 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31807 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31808 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31810 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31811 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31812 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31814 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31816 Only useful with a windowing system.
31818 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31820 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31822 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31823 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31825 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31826 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31827 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31828 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31829 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31831 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31833 The problems cleaned up are:
31835 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31836 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31837 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31838 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31840 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31841 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31842 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31843 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31844 SPACEs.
31845 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31846 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31847 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31848 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31850 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31851 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31852 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31853 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31854 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31855 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31856 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31857 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31859 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31860 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31861 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31863 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31864 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31865 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31866 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31867 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31868 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31869 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31870 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31872 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31873 documentation.
31875 \(fn)" t nil)
31877 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31878 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31880 The problems cleaned up are:
31882 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31883 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31884 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31885 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31886 SPACEs.
31887 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31888 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31889 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31890 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31892 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31893 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31894 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31895 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31896 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31897 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31898 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31899 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31901 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31902 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31903 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31905 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31906 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31907 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31908 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31909 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31910 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31911 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31912 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31914 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31915 documentation.
31917 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31919 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31920 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31922 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31923 non-nil.
31925 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31926 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31927 `whitespace-style' to have:
31929 empty
31930 trailing
31931 indentation
31932 space-before-tab
31933 space-after-tab
31935 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31936 whitespace problems in buffer.
31938 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31940 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31941 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31942 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31943 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31944 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31945 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31946 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31948 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31949 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31950 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31951 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31952 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31953 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31954 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31956 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31957 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31958 cleaning up these problems.
31960 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31962 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31963 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31965 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31966 non-nil.
31968 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31969 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31970 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31972 empty
31973 indentation
31974 space-before-tab
31975 trailing
31976 space-after-tab
31978 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31979 whitespace problems in buffer.
31981 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31983 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31984 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31985 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31986 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31987 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31988 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31989 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31991 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31992 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31993 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31994 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31995 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31996 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31997 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31999 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32000 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32001 cleaning up these problems.
32003 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32005 ;;;***
32007 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32008 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18787 48919))
32009 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32011 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32012 Browse the widget under point.
32014 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32016 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32017 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32019 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32021 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32022 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32024 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32026 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32027 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
32028 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32032 ;;;***
32034 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32035 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18889
32036 ;;;;;; 1423))
32037 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32039 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32040 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32042 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32044 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32045 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32046 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32048 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32050 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32051 Create widget of TYPE.
32052 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32054 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32056 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32057 Delete WIDGET.
32059 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32061 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32062 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32064 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32066 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32067 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32068 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
32070 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32071 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32073 \(fn)" nil nil)
32075 ;;;***
32077 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32078 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18787
32079 ;;;;;; 48919))
32080 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32082 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32083 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32084 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32085 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32086 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32087 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32088 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32092 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32093 Select the window above the current one.
32094 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32095 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32096 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32097 negative ARG) of the current window.
32098 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32102 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32103 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32104 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32105 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32106 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32107 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32108 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32112 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32113 Select the window below the current one.
32114 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32115 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32116 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32117 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32118 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32122 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32123 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32124 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32125 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32127 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32129 ;;;***
32131 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32132 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
32133 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32135 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32136 Toggle Winner mode.
32137 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32138 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32140 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32142 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32143 Toggle Winner mode.
32144 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32148 ;;;***
32150 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
32151 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (18867 59895))
32152 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32154 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32155 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32156 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32157 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32158 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32160 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32162 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32163 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32164 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32165 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32166 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32167 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32168 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32169 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32171 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32172 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32174 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32176 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32177 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32179 \(fn)" t nil)
32181 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32182 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32183 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32184 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32185 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32186 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32187 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32188 `woman' command for further details.
32190 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32192 ;;;***
32194 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32195 ;;;;;; (18787 48923))
32196 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32198 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32199 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32201 BUGS:
32202 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32203 are not implemented
32204 - Options for search and replace
32205 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32206 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32208 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32209 Emacs-like.
32211 The key bindings are:
32213 C-a backward-word
32214 C-b fill-paragraph
32215 C-c scroll-up-line
32216 C-d forward-char
32217 C-e previous-line
32218 C-f forward-word
32219 C-g delete-char
32220 C-h backward-char
32221 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32222 C-j help-for-help
32223 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32224 C-l ws-repeat-search
32225 C-n open-line
32226 C-p quoted-insert
32227 C-r scroll-down-line
32228 C-s backward-char
32229 C-t kill-word
32230 C-u keyboard-quit
32231 C-v overwrite-mode
32232 C-w scroll-down
32233 C-x next-line
32234 C-y kill-complete-line
32235 C-z scroll-up
32237 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32238 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32239 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32240 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32241 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32242 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32243 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32244 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32245 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32246 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32247 C-k b ws-begin-block
32248 C-k c ws-copy-block
32249 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32250 C-k f find-file
32251 C-k h ws-show-markers
32252 C-k i ws-indent-block
32253 C-k k ws-end-block
32254 C-k p ws-print-block
32255 C-k q kill-emacs
32256 C-k r insert-file
32257 C-k s save-some-buffers
32258 C-k t ws-mark-word
32259 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32260 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32261 C-k v ws-move-block
32262 C-k w ws-write-block
32263 C-k x kill-emacs
32264 C-k y ws-delete-block
32266 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32267 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32268 C-o j justify-current-line
32269 C-o k kill-buffer
32270 C-o l list-buffers
32271 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32272 C-o r set-fill-column
32273 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32274 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32275 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32276 C-o wo other-window
32277 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32279 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32280 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32281 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32282 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32283 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32284 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32285 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32286 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32287 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32288 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32289 C-q a ws-query-replace
32290 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32291 C-q c end-of-buffer
32292 C-q d end-of-line
32293 C-q f ws-search
32294 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32295 C-q l ws-undo
32296 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32297 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32298 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32299 C-q w ws-last-error
32300 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32301 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32303 \(fn)" t nil)
32305 ;;;***
32307 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (18787 48931))
32308 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32310 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32311 Perform an interactive search.
32312 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32313 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32314 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32315 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32317 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32318 Example:
32320 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32322 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32324 ;;;***
32326 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32327 ;;;;;; (18787 48919))
32328 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32330 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32331 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32332 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32333 Returns the top node with all its children.
32334 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32335 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32337 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32339 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32340 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32341 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32342 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32343 is not well-formed XML.
32344 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32345 and returned as the first element of the list.
32346 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32348 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32350 ;;;***
32352 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32353 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (18787 48932))
32354 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32356 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32357 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32358 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32359 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32360 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32361 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32362 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32363 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32364 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32365 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32367 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32369 ;;;***
32371 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18827
32372 ;;;;;; 8828))
32373 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32375 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32376 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32377 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32378 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32379 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32380 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32382 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32384 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32385 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32386 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32387 it off.
32389 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32390 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32391 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32392 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32393 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32394 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32398 ;;;***
32400 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32401 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18787 48928))
32402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32404 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32405 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32407 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32409 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32410 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32412 \(fn)" nil nil)
32414 ;;;***
32416 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32417 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18787 48933))
32418 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32420 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32421 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32423 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32425 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32426 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32428 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32430 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32431 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32432 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32434 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32436 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32437 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32439 \(fn)" t nil)
32441 ;;;***
32443 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18787 48933))
32444 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32446 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32447 Zone out, completely.
32449 \(fn)" t nil)
32451 ;;;***
32453 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
32454 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
32455 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
32456 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
32457 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
32458 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
32459 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
32460 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el"
32461 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el"
32462 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
32463 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
32464 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
32465 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32466 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32467 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32468 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32469 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32470 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32471 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32472 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32473 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
32474 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el"
32475 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
32476 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
32477 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32478 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32479 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
32480 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32481 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
32482 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
32483 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
32484 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el"
32485 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
32486 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32487 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
32488 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32489 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32490 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32491 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32492 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
32493 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
32494 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
32495 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
32496 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
32497 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
32498 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32499 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32500 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
32501 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
32502 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "facemenu.el" "faces.el"
32503 ;;;;;; "files.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format-spec.el"
32504 ;;;;;; "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el"
32505 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32506 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32507 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32508 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32509 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32510 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
32511 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32512 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32513 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32514 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32515 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
32516 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32517 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el"
32518 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32519 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
32520 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32521 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32522 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
32523 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32524 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32525 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32526 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "language/burmese.el" "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/english.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/hebrew.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "minibuffer.el" "mouse-copy.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "net/dig.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-install.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el")
32604 ;;;;;; (18939 4389 959328))
32606 ;;;***
32608 (provide 'loaddefs)
32609 ;; Local Variables:
32610 ;; version-control: never
32611 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32612 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32613 ;; coding: utf-8
32614 ;; End:
32615 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here